UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)
(Mark One) | |
ý |
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003 |
Commission file number 0-28839
AUDIOVOX CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
13-1964841 (IRS Employer Identification No.) |
|
150 Marcus Blvd., Hauppauge, New York (Address of principal executive offices) |
11788 (Zip Code) |
|
(631) 231-7750 (Registrant's telephone number, including area code) |
||
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: |
||
Name of Each Exchange on |
||
Title of each class: |
Which Registered |
|
Class A Common Stock $.01 par value | Nasdaq Stock Market |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirement for the past 90 days.
Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark whether Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (sec 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $159,259,586 (based upon closing price on the Nasdaq Stock Market on May 30, 2003).
The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of February 20, 2004 was:
Class |
Outstanding |
|
---|---|---|
Class A common stock $.01 par value | 20,741,338 | |
Class B common stock $.01 par value | 2,260,954 |
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
PART I | 1 | |||
Item 1Business | 1 | |||
Item 2Properties | 20 | |||
Item 3Legal Proceedings | 20 | |||
Item 4Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders | 21 | |||
PART II |
21 |
|||
Item 5Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters | 21 | |||
Item 6Selected Consolidated Financial Data | 22 | |||
Item 7Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 23 | |||
Item 7aQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk | 56 | |||
Item 8Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | 57 | |||
Item 9Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure | 111 | |||
Item 9aControls and Procedures | 111 | |||
PART III |
112 |
|||
Item 10Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant | 112 | |||
Item 11Executive Compensation | 113 | |||
Item 12Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters | 118 | |||
Item 13Certain Relationships and Related Transactions | 119 | |||
Item 14Principal Accountant Fees and Services | 120 | |||
PART IV |
121 |
|||
Item 15Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K | 121 |
i
All tabular presentation is in thousands unless otherwise indicated.
(a) Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements
Audiovox Corporation (Audiovox or the Company) has previously restated its consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001 and for the fiscal quarters during the year ended November 30, 2001 and the fiscal 2002 quarters ended February 28, 2002, May 31, 2002 and August 31, 2002. In addition, the Company previously reclassified certain expenses from operating expenses to cost of sales for fiscal 2001 and for each of the quarters in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. Please refer to the Company's previously filed Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2002 for details.
(b) General Development of Business
The Company was incorporated in Delaware on April 10, 1987, as successor to a business founded in 1960 by John J. Shalam, our President, Chief Executive Officer and controlling stockholder. Its principal executive offices are located at 150 Marcus Boulevard, Hauppauge, New York 11788, and the telephone number is 631-231-7750.
On July 8, 2003, the Company, through a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired in cash (i) certain accounts receivable, inventory and trademarks from the U.S. audio operations of Recoton Corporation (the "U.S. audio business") or (Recoton) and (ii) the outstanding capital stock of Recoton German Holdings GmbH (the "international audio business"), the parent holding company of Recoton Corporation's Italian, German and Japanese subsidiaries, for $40,046, net of cash acquired, including transaction costs of $1.9 million. The primary reason for this transaction was to expand the product offerings of Audiovox and to obtain certain long-standing trademarks such as Jensen®, Acoustic Research® and others. The Company also acquired an obligation with a German financial institution as a result of the purchase of the common stock of Recoton German Holdings GmbH.
The Company designs and markets a diverse line of products and provides related services throughout the world. These products and services include:
The Company markets its products under the well-recognized Audiovox® brand name and others, such as Jensen®, Magnate®, Mac Audio®, Heco®, Acoustic Research® and Advent®, as well as private labels through a large and diverse distribution network both domestically and internationally. The Company was a pioneer in the wireless industry, selling its first vehicle-installed wireless telephone in 1984 as a natural expansion of its automotive aftermarket products business. The Company's extensive distribution network and its long-standing industry relationships have allowed the Company to benefit from growing market opportunities in the wireless industry and to exploit emerging niches in the consumer electronics business.
The Company operates in two primary markets:
Wireless communications. The Wireless Group (Wireless), which accounts for approximately 61% of revenues in fiscal 2003, sells wireless handsets and accessories through domestic and international wireless carriers and their agents, independent distributors and retailers.
1
Mobile and consumer electronics. The Electronics Group (Electronics), which accounts for approximately 39% of revenues in fiscal 2003, sells autosound, mobile electronics and consumer electronics through domestic and international distribution channels primarily to mass merchants, power retailers, specialty retailers, new car dealers, original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), independent installers of automotive accessories and the U.S. military.
Since 2001, several factors have affected the Wireless Group. New subscriber subscriptions have slowed, the consolidation within our wireless customer base has created a more competitive market with a smaller number of customers and there has been a slow down in the development of new technologies which have slowed consumer demand from one technology to another. In addition, testing for acceptances have become more complex which have caused a slow down in product introductions. However new technology, such as camera phones, is expected to have a favorable impact on the Wireless Group.
The Electronics Group has been positively influenced by an increase in the sale of consumer and mobile electronics. Specifically, sales for portable DVD players, DVD in a bag products, satellite radios and flat panel screens have increased due to higher customer demand. In addition, the recent acquisitions of Recoton trademarks (Jensen®, Magnate®, Mac Audio®, Heco®, Acoustic Research® and Advent®) and Code-Alarm have contributed to the increase in Electronic Group sales (see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements).
The following table shows net sales by group:
|
2001 (1) |
2002 |
2003 |
Percent Change 2001/2003 |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Wireless | $ | 979 | $ | 727 | $ | 806 | (17.7 | )% | |||||
Electronics | 298 | 373 | 518 | 73.8 | % | ||||||||
Total | $ | 1,277 | $ | 1,100 | $ | 1,324 | 3.7 | % | |||||
To remain flexible and limit our research and fixed costs, the Company does not manufacture its products. Instead, the Company has relationships with a broad group of suppliers who manufacture its products. The Company works directly with its suppliers in feature design, development and testing of all of its products and performs certain software installations or upgrades for wireless products and some assembly functions for its electronics products.
The Company's product development efforts focus on meeting changing consumer demand for technologically-advanced, high-quality products, and the Company consults with customers throughout the design and development process. The Company stands behind all of its products by providing warranties and end-user service support.
Strategy
The Company's objective is to leverage the well-recognized Audiovox® brand name, which now includes Jensen®, Acoustic Research® and Advent®, and its extensive international distribution network to capitalize on the growing worldwide demand for wireless products and continue to provide innovative mobile and consumer electronics products in response to consumer demand. The key elements of the Company's strategy are:
Increase market penetration by enhancing and capitalizing on the Audiovox® brand name. The Company believes that the "Audiovox®" brand name, which includes Prestige®, Pursuit®, Rampage, Jensen®, Magnate®, Mac Audio®, Heco®, Acoustic Research® and Advent®, is one of its greatest
2
strengths. During the past 43 years, the Company has invested to establish the Audiovox® name as a well-known consumer brand for wireless and electronics products. The Company's wireless handsets generally bear the Audiovox® brand name or are co-branded with either a wireless carrier or brand name of its supplier. To further benefit from the Audiovox® name, the Company continues to introduce new products using its brand name and licenses its brand name for selected consumer products.
Expand wireless technology offerings to increase market opportunities. The Company intends to continue to offer an array of technologically-advanced wireless products, including the planned introduction of wireless handsets with video, cameras and enhanced Internet capabilities. The Company's wide selection of wireless products will allow it to satisfy different carrier demands, both domestically and internationally.
Capitalize on niche market opportunities in the electronics industry. The Company intends to continue to use its extensive distribution and supply networks to capitalize on niche market opportunities, such as navigation, mobile video, satellite radio, DVD's, flat panel TV's, and vehicle tracking systems, in the electronics industry. The Company believes that focusing on high-demand, high-growth niche products results in better profit margins and growth potential for its electronics business.
Continue to maintain an international presence. During fiscal 2003, the Company expanded its international presence with its acquisition of Recoton's European assets, and the Company intends to expand its international business, both in the Wireless and Electronics Groups. The Company plans to introduce new products compatible with international wireless technologies, such as GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications), CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access) and GPRS (General Packet Radio Services) and expand the mobile electronics category.
Continue to outsource manufacturing to increase operating leverage. One of the key components of the Company's business strategy is outsourcing the manufacturing of its products. This allows the Company to deliver the latest technological advances without the fixed costs associated with manufacturing.
Continue to provide value-added services to customers and suppliers. The Company believes that it provides key services, such as product design, development and testing, sales support, product repair and warranty and software upgrading, more efficiently than its customers and suppliers could provide for themselves. The Company intends to continue to develop its value-added services as the market evolves and customer needs change.
(c) Financial Information About Industry Segments
The Company's industry segments are the Wireless Group and the Electronics Group. Net sales, income (loss) before provision for (recovery of) income taxes, net income (loss) and total assets attributable to each segment for each of the last three fiscal years are set forth in Note 19 of the Company's consolidated financial statements included herein.
(d) Narrative Description of Business
Wireless Group
Wireless, which accounts for approximately 61% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 2003, markets wireless handsets and accessories through domestic and international wireless carriers and their agents, independent distributors and retailers.
3
Wireless products
Wireless sells an array of digital handsets, hand-held computing devices and accessories in a variety of technologies, principally CDMA. Digital products represented 99% of Wireless' 2003 total unit sales. Wireless generally markets its wireless products under the Audiovox® brand name or co-brands its products with its carrier customers, such as Verizon Wireless and Bell Distribution, Inc. or with the brand name of the supplier.
In addition to handsets, Wireless sells a complete line of accessories that includes batteries, hands-free kits, battery eliminators, cases and data cables. In fiscal 2004, Wireless intends to continue to broaden its digital product offerings and introduce handsets with new features such as wireless handsets with video, cameras and enhanced Internet capabilities.
Wireless distribution and marketing
Wireless sells wireless products to wireless carriers and the carrier's respective agents, distributors and retailers. In addition, a majority of its handsets are designed to meet carrier specifications. In fiscal 2001, the five largest wireless customers were Verizon Wireless, PrimeCo Personal Communications LP, Sprint Spectrum LP, Bell Distribution Inc. and Brightpoint, Inc. One of these customers accounted for 44.8% of Wireless' net sales and 35.0% of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2001. In fiscal 2002, the five largest wireless customers (Verizon Wireless, Bell Distribution, Inc., Sprint Spectrum LP, Telus Mobility and AllTel Communications) represented 71% of Wireless' net sales and 47% of consolidated net sales during fiscal 2002. Three of these customers accounted for 36%, 11% and 10%, respectively, of Wireless' net sales for fiscal 2002. In fiscal 2003, the five largest wireless customers (Verizon Wireless, Bell Distribution, Inc., Virgin Mobile, Sprint Spectrum LP, and US Cellular) represented 72% of Wireless' net sales and 44% of consolidated net sales during fiscal 2003. Three of these customers accounted for 34%, 15% and 12%, respectively, of Wireless' net sales for fiscal 2003.
In addition, Wireless promotes its products through trade and consumer advertising, participation at trade shows and direct personal contact by its sales representatives. Wireless also assists wireless carriers with their marketing campaigns by scripting telemarketing presentations, funding co-operative advertising campaigns, developing and printing custom sales literature, logistic services, conducting in-house training programs for wireless carriers and their agents and providing assistance in market development.
Wireless operates approximately six retail facilities under the name Quintex. In addition, Wireless licenses the trade name Quintex® to ten outlets in selected markets in the United States. Wireless also serves as an agent (in activating cell phone numbers) for the following carriers in selected areas: Tmobile, Nextel, Suncom, NTelos, AT & T Wireless, Verizon Wireless, Sprint and Sprint Spectrum LP. For fiscal 2003, revenues from Quintex were 4.8% of total Wireless revenues and 2.9% of consolidated revenues.
Wireless' policy is to ship its products within 24 hours of a requested shipment date from public warehouses in Florida, New York, California, New Jersey, Canada and the Netherlands and from leased facilities located in New York and California.
Wireless product development, warranty and customer service
Although Wireless does not have its own manufacturing facilities, it works closely with both customers and suppliers in feature design, development and testing of its products. In particular, Wireless:
4
Wireless' Hauppauge facility is ISO-9001:2000 certified, which requires it to carefully monitor quality standards in all facets of its business.
Wireless believes customer service is an important tool for enhancing its brand name and its relationship with carriers. In order to provide full service to its customers, Wireless warranties its wireless products to the end-user for periods ranging from up to one year for portable handsets to up to three years for mobile car phones. To support its warranties, Wireless has approximately 2,600 independent warranty centers throughout the United States and Canada and has experienced technicians in its warranty repair stations at its headquarters facility. Wireless has experienced customer service representatives who interact directly with both end-users and its customers. These representatives are trained to respond to questions on handset operation and warranty and repair issues.
Wireless suppliers
Wireless purchases its wireless products from several manufacturers located in Pacific Rim countries, including Japan, China, South Korea, Taiwan and Malaysia. In selecting its suppliers, Wireless considers quality, price, service, market conditions and reputation. Wireless generally purchases its products under short-term purchase orders and does not enter into long-term contracts with its suppliers. Wireless considers its relations with its suppliers to be good. Wireless believes that alternative sources of supply are currently available, although there could be a time lag and increased costs if it were to have an unplanned shift to a new supplier which could have a material impact on the Company. One wireless vendor accounted for approximately 83% of Wireless' 2003 purchases. In addition, approximately 15% of Wireless' 2003 purchases were from Toshiba, a related party (see Related Party Transaction of Item 7Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.)
Wireless competition
The market for wireless handsets and accessories is highly competitive and is characterized by intense price competition, significant price erosion over the life of a product whose life cycle has continued to shorten, demand for value-added services, rapid technological development and industry consolidation of both customers and manufacturers. Currently, Wireless' primary competitors for wireless handsets include Motorola, LG, Nokia, Kyocera and Samsung.
Wireless also competes with numerous established and new manufacturers and distributors, some of whom sell the same or similar products directly to its customers. Historically, Wireless' competitors have also included some of its own suppliers and customers. Many of Wireless' competitors offer more extensive advertising and promotional programs than it does.
Wireless competes for sales to carriers, agents and distributors on the basis of its products and services and price. As its customers are requiring greater value-added logistic services, Wireless believes that competition will continually be required to support an infrastructure capable of providing these services. Wireless' ability to continue to compete successfully will largely depend on its ability to perform these value-added services at a reasonable cost.
Wireless' products compete primarily on the basis of value in terms of price, features and reliability. There have been, and will continue to be, several periods of extreme price competition in the wireless industry, particularly when one or more of its competitors has sought to sell off excess inventory by lowering its prices significantly or carriers canceling or modifying sales programs.
5
As a result of global competitive pressures, there have been significant consolidations in the domestic wireless industry which has caused extreme price competition. These consolidations may result in greater competition for a smaller number of large customers and may favor one or more of its competitors over Wireless.
Electronics Industry
The mobile and consumer electronics industry is large and diverse and encompasses a broad range of products. There are many large manufacturers in the industry, such as Sony, RCA, Panasonic, Kenwood, Motorola, Samsung and JVC, as well as other large companies that specialize in niche products. The Electronics Group participates in selected niche markets such as autosound, mobile video, vehicle security and selected consumer electronics.
The introduction of new products and technological advancements drives growth in the electronics industry. Some of these products include digital satellite radio, portable DVD, home and mobile video systems, flat panel TV's, navigation systems, MP3 players and two-way radios.
Electronics products
The Company's electronics products consist of three major categories: mobile electronics, sound and consumer electronics.
Mobile electronics products include:
Sound products include:
Consumer electronics include:
The Electronics Group markets its products under the Audiovox® brand name, as well as several other Audiovox-owned or usage right trade names that include Prestige®, Pursuit®, Jensen®, Acoustic Research®, Advent®, Rampage and Code-Alarm. In addition, sales by the Company's Malaysian,
6
Venezuelan and American Radio subsidiaries fall under the Electronics Group. The Electronics Group's sales by product category were as follows:
|
2001(1) |
2002 |
2003 |
Percent |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(millions) |
|
|
||||||||||
Mobile electronics | $ | 157.7 | $ | 229.3 | $ | 294.5 | 86.7 | % | |||||
Sound | 57.5 | 56.3 | 78.4 | 36.3 | |||||||||
Consumer electronics | 80.3 | 86.5 | 144.3 | 79.7 | |||||||||
Other | 2.2 | 0.6 | 0.5 | (77.3 | ) | ||||||||
Total | $ | 297.7 | $ | 372.7 | $ | 517.7 | 73.9 | % | |||||
The increase in Electronic's sales reflects new product introductions in the mobile and consumer electronics categories. In addition, sound sales have increased as a result of the Recoton acquisition, offset by a continuing trend in lower sales for full-featured sound systems as automakers are incorporating these products at the factory instead of as an aftermarket option.
In the future, the Electronics Group will continue to focus its efforts on new technologies to take advantage of market opportunities created by the digital convergence of data, communications, navigation and entertainment products.
Licensing and Royalties
In the late 1990's, the Company began to license its brand name for use on selected products, such as home and portable stereo systems. Actual sales of licensed products are not included in the Company's reported net sales. However, licensed customers have reported sales of $52.4 million in licensed goods in 2003 compared to $43.6 million in 2002 for which the Company received license fees. License sales promote the Audiovox® brand name without adding any significant costs. License fees are recognized on a per unit basis upon sale to the end-user and are recorded in other income. License fees in fiscal 2003 approximated $1,116 compared to approximately $922 in fiscal 2002.
The Company has various license and royalty programs with manufacturers, customers and other electronic suppliers. Such agreements entitle the Company to receive license and royalty income for Audiovox products sold by the licensees. Depending on the agreement, income from these agreements is based on either a fixed amount per unit or percentage of net sales. Current license and royalty agreements have duration periods, which range from 1 to 8 years and certain agreements may be renewed at the end of termination of the agreement. Renewals of license and royalty agreements are dependent on negotiations with licensees as well as current Audiovox products being sold by the licensee.
Electronics distribution and marketing
The Electronics Group sells its electronics products to:
7
The Electronics Group also sells its products under OEM arrangements with domestic and/or international subsidiaries of automobile manufacturers such as Ford Corporation, Daimler Chrysler, General Motors Corporation and Nissan. OEM projects accounted for approximately 10% of the Electronics Group's sales in 2003 versus 14.0% in 2002. These projects require a close partnership with the customer as the Electronics Group develops products to their specific requirements. Three of the largest auto makers, General Motors, Daimler Chrysler and Ford require QS registration for all of their vendors. The Electronics Group's Hauppauge facility is both QS 9000 and ISO 9001 registered. In addition, Audiovox Electronics is Q1 rated for the Ford Motor Company.
In fiscal 2001, the Electronics Group's five largest customers (Wal-Mart, Target, Ford, KMart and Circuit City) represented 27.0% of the Electronics Group's net sales and 6.3% of consolidated net sales. In fiscal 2002, the Electronics Group's five largest customers (Circuit City, Target, Walmart, Sam's Wholesale Club and Gulf States Toyota) represented 25% of the Electronics Group's net sales and 8% of the consolidated net sales. In fiscal 2003, the Electronics Group's five largest customers (Target, Circuit City, Best Buy, Costco Wholesale and Wal Mart) represented 34% of the Electronics Group's net sales and 13% of consolidated net sales.
As part of the Electronics Group's sales process, the Electronics Group provides value-added management services including:
The Electronics Group has flexible shipping policies designed to meet customer needs. In the absence of specific customer instructions, the Electronics Group ships its products within 24 to 48 hours from the receipt of an order. The Electronics Group makes shipments from public warehouses in Virginia, Nevada, Florida, New Jersey, California and Venezuela and from leased facilities located in New York, Venezuela, Malaysia and Germany.
Electronics product development, warranty and customer service
The Electronics Group works closely with its customers and suppliers in the design, development and testing of its products. For the Electronics Group's OEM automobile customers, the Electronics Group performs extensive validation testing to ensure that its products meet the special environmental and electronic standards of the manufacturer. The Electronics Group also performs final assembly of products in its Hauppauge and Europe locations. The Electronics Group's product development cycle includes:
The Electronics Group provides a warranty to the end-users of its electronics products, generally ranging from 90 days up to the life of the vehicle for the original owner on some of its automobile-installed products. To support its warranties, the Electronics Group has independent warranty centers throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, Venezuela and Malaysia. At its Hauppauge facility, the
8
Electronics Group has a customer service group that provides product information, answers questions and serves as a technical hotline for installation help for both end-users and its customers.
The Electronics Group Hauppauge facility is QS-9000:1998 (ISO-9001:1994) ISO-14001/EN ISO 14001 certified, which requires it to carefully monitor quality standards in all facets of its business.
Electronics suppliers
The Electronics Group purchases its electronics products from manufacturers located in several Pacific Rim countries, including Japan, China, South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore and Malaysia. The Electronics Group also uses several manufacturers in the United States for cruise controls, mobile video and power amplifiers. In selecting its manufacturers, the Electronics Group considers quality, price, service, market conditions and reputation. The Electronics Group maintains buying offices or inspection offices in Taiwan, South Korea, China and Hong Kong to provide local supervision of supplier performance such as price negotiations, delivery and quality control. The Electronics Group generally purchases its products under short-term purchase orders and does not have long-term contracts with its suppliers. The Electronics Group believes that alternative sources of supply are currently available, although there could be a time lag and increased costs if it were to have an unplanned shift to a new supplier which may have a material impact on the Company.
The Electronics Group considers relations with its suppliers to be good. In addition, the Electronics Group believes that alternative sources of supply are generally available within 120 days.
Electronics competition
The Electronics Group's business is highly competitive across all of its product lines and competes with a number of well-established companies that manufacture and sell similar products. The Electronics Group's mobile electronics products compete against factory-supplied radios (including General Motors, Ford and Daimler Chrysler), security and mobile video systems. The Electronics Group's mobile electronics products also compete in the automotive aftermarket against major companies such as Sony, Panasonic, Kenwood, Alpine and Pioneer. The Electronics Group's consumer electronics product lines compete against major consumer electronic companies, such as JVC, Sony, Panasonic, Motorola, RCA, Samsung and AIWA. Brand name, design, features and price are the major competitive factors across all of its product lines.
(e) Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales
The amounts of net sales and long-lived assets, attributable to each of the Company's geographic segments for each of the last three fiscal years are set forth in Note 19 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included herein. During fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Company exported approximately $215, $233 and $249 million, respectively, in product sales.
Trademarks
The Company markets products under several trademarks, including Audiovox®, Prestige®, Pursuit®, Rampage, Jensen®, Acoustic Research®, Code-Alarm®, Car Link®, Movies 2 Go® and Advent®. The trademark Audiovox® is registered in approximately 67 countries. The Company believes that these trademarks are recognized by customers and are therefore significant in marketing its products.
(f) Availability of Reports
We make available financial information, news releases and other information on our Web site at www.audiovox.com. There is a direct link from the Web site to a third party Securities and Exchange Commissions (SEC) filings Web site, where our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports filed or furnished
9
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such reports and amendments with, or furnish them to the SEC. In addition, the Company has adopted a code of ethics which is available free of charge upon request. Any such request should be directed to the attention of: Chris Lis Johnson, Company Secretary, 150 Marcus Boulevard, Hauppauge, New York 11788, (631) 231-7750.
Equity Investments
The Company has investments in unconsolidated joint ventures which were formed to market its products in specific market segments or geographic areas. The Company seeks to blend its financial and product resources with local operations to expand its distribution and marketing capabilities. The Company believes its joint ventures provide a more cost-effective method of focusing on specialized markets. The Company does not participate in the day-to-day management of these joint ventures.
The Company's significant joint ventures are:
Venture |
Percentage |
Formation |
Function |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Audiovox Specialized Applications | 50.0 | % | 1997 | Distribution of products for marine, van, RV and other specialized vehicles | ||
Bliss-Tel Company, Ltd. | 20.0 | % | 1997 | Distribution of wireless products and accessories in Thailand |
Employees
The Company employs approximately 1,000 people. The Company's headcount has been relatively stable for the past several years, but will change based upon economic conditions within the two groups. The Company considers its relations with its employees to be good. No employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
The directors and executive officers of the Company are listed below. All officers of the Company are elected by the Board of Directors to serve one-year terms. There are no family relationships among officers, or any arrangement or understanding between any officer and any other person pursuant to which the officer was selected. Unless otherwise indicated, positions listed in the table have been held for more than five years.
Name |
Age |
Current Position |
||
---|---|---|---|---|
John J. Shalam | 70 | President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors | ||
Philip Christopher | 55 | Executive Vice President and a Director | ||
Charles M. Stoehr | 57 | Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a Director | ||
Patrick M. Lavelle | 52 | Senior Vice President and a Director | ||
Ann M. Boutcher | 53 | Vice President, Marketing and a Director | ||
Richard A. Maddia | 45 | Vice President, MIS and a Director | ||
Paul C. Kreuch, Jr.* | 65 | Director | ||
Dennis F. McManus* | 53 | Director | ||
Irving Halevy* | 87 | Director | ||
Peter A. Lesser* | 68 | Director |
10
John J. Shalam has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and as Director of Audiovox or its predecessor since 1960. Mr. Shalam also serves as President and a Director of most of Audiovox's operating subsidiaries. Mr. Shalam is on the Board of Directors of the Electronics Industry Association and is on the Executive Committee of the Consumer Electronics Association.
Philip Christopher, our Executive Vice President, has been with Audiovox since 1970 and has held his current position since 1983. Before 1983, he served as Senior Vice President of Audiovox. Mr. Christopher is Chief Executive Officer of Audiovox's wireless subsidiary, Audiovox Communications Corp. From 1973 through 1987, he was a Director of our predecessor, Audiovox Corp. Mr. Christopher serves on the Executive Committee of the Cellular Telephone Industry Association.
Charles M. Stoehr has been our Chief Financial Officer since 1979 and was elected Senior Vice President in 1990. Mr. Stoehr has been a Director of Audiovox since 1987. From 1979 through 1990, he was a Vice President of Audiovox.
Patrick M. Lavelle has been a Vice President of the Company since 1980 and was appointed Senior Vice President in 1991. He was elected to the Board of Directors in 1993. Mr. Lavelle is Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company's subsidiary, Audiovox Electronics Corp. Mr. Lavelle is also a member of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee of the Consumer Electronics Board and serves as Chairman of its Mobile Electronics Division.
Ann M. Boutcher has been our Vice President of Marketing since 1984. Ms. Boutcher's responsibilities include the development and implementation of our advertising, sales promotion and public relations programs. Ms. Boutcher was elected to the Board of Directors in 1995.
Richard A. Maddia has been our Vice President of Information Systems since 1992. Prior thereto, Mr. Maddia was Assistant Vice President, MIS. Mr. Maddia's responsibilities include development and maintenance of information systems. Mr. Maddia was elected to the Board of Directors in 1996.
Paul C. Kreuch, Jr. was elected to the Board of Directors in February 1997. Mr. Kreuch is a Managing Director of WJM Associates, Inc., a leading executive development firm. Prior career responsibilities include Executive Vice President of NatWest Bank, N.A. from 1993 to 1996, and, before that, President of National Westminster Bank, USA.
Dennis F. McManus was elected to the Board of Directors in March 1998. Mr. McManus is currently the Vice PresidentNew Product Marketing at the LSSi Corporation. Prior to that Mr. McManus had been self-employed as a telecommunications consultant. Before that, he was employed by NYNEX Corp. for over 27 years, most recently as a Senior Vice President and Managing Director. Mr. McManus held this position from 1991 through December 31, 1997.
Irving Halevy served on the Board of Directors from 1987 to 1997 and was re-elected to the Board of Directors in 2001. Mr. Halevy is a retired professor of Industrial Relations and Management at Fairleigh Dickinson University where he taught from 1952 to 1986. He was also a panel member of the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service.
Peter A. Lesser is the President of X-10 (USA), Inc., a wholesaler of electronic home control and security systems. Mr. Lesser is founder of and has also served as a director and stockholder of X-10 Limited, the Hong Kong parent company of X-10- (USA), Inc. since 1979. He is a Member-at-Large of the Executive Board of the Consumer Electronics Association. From 1997 through 1999, Mr. Lesser served as the President of the Security Industry Association.
All of our executive officers hold office at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results
We have identified certain risk factors that apply to either Audiovox as a whole or one of our specific business units. You should carefully consider each of the following risk factors and all of the
11
other information included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. If any of these risks, or other risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe not to be significant, develop into actual events, then our business, financial condition, liquidity, or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. If that happens, the market price of our common stock would likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
We May Not Be Able to Compete Successfully in the Highly Competitive Wireless Industry.
The market for wireless handsets and accessories is highly competitive and is characterized by:
Our primary competitors for wireless handsets currently are Motorola, LG, Nokia, Kyocera and Samsung. In addition, we compete with numerous other established and new manufacturers and distributors, some of whom sell the same or similar products directly to our customers. Historically, our competitors have also included some of our own suppliers and customers. Many of our competitors offer more extensive advertising and promotional programs than we do.
During the last decade, there have been several periods of extreme price competition, particularly when one or more or our competitors has sought to sell off excess inventory by lowering its prices significantly. In particular, when technologies changed in 2000 from analog to digital, several of our larger competitors lowered their prices significantly to reduce their inventories, which required us to similarly reduce our prices. These price reductions had a material adverse effect on our profitability. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not do this again, because, among other reasons, many of them have significantly greater financial resources than we do and can withstand substantial price competition. Since we sell products that tend to have low gross profit-margins, price competition has had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our financial performance.
The Electronics Business Is Highly Competitive; Our Electronics Business Also Faces Significant Competition from Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs).
The market for electronics is highly competitive across all three of our product lines. We compete against many established companies who have substantially greater resources than us. In addition, we compete directly with OEMs, including divisions of well-known automobile manufacturers, in the autosound, auto security, mobile video and accessories industry. Most of these companies have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. We believe that OEMs have increased sales pressure on new car dealers with whom they have close business relationships to purchase OEM-supplied equipment and accessories. OEMs have also diversified and improved their product lines and accessories in an effort to increase sales of their products. To the extent that OEMs succeed in their efforts, this success would have a material adverse effect on our sales of automotive entertainment and security products to new car dealers.
12
Wireless Carriers and Suppliers May Not Continue to Outsource Value-Added Services; We May Not Be Able to Continue to Provide Competitive Value-Added Services.
Wireless carriers purchase from us, rather than directly from our suppliers, because, among other reasons, we provide added services valued by our customers. In order to maintain our sales levels, we must continue to provide these value-added services at reasonable costs to our carrier-customers and suppliers, including:
Our success depends on the wireless equipment manufacturers, wireless carriers, network operators and resellers continuing to outsource these functions rather than performing them in-house. To encourage the use of our services, we must keep our prices reasonable. If our internal costs of supplying these services increase, we may not be able to raise our prices to pass these costs along to our customers and suppliers. As a result of the consolidations in the telecommunications industry, wireless carriers, which are the largest customers of our wireless business, may attempt to perform these services themselves. Alternatively, our customers and suppliers may transact business directly with each other rather than through us. If our customers or suppliers begin to perform these services internally or do business directly with each other, it could have a material adverse effect on our sales and our profits.
Our Success Depends on Our Ability to Keep Pace with Technological Advances in the Wireless Industry.
Rapid technological change and frequent new product introductions characterize the wireless product market. Our success depends upon our ability to:
Since we do not make any of our own products and do not conduct our own research, we cannot assure you that we will be able to source the products that advances in technology require to remain competitive. Furthermore, the introduction or expected introduction of new products or technologies may depress sales of existing products and technologies. This may result in declining prices and inventory obsolescence. Since we maintain a substantial investment in product inventory, declining prices and inventory obsolescence could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. (see further discussions in Business Overview Page 32).
As a result of the emergence of the digital market, which resulted in the reduction of selling prices of analog hand-held phones, we recorded an analog inventory write-down to market of $13.5 million in fiscal 2001. This write-down had a material adverse effect on our profitability. As a result of increasing pricing pressures and a surplus of supply created by other manufacturers also attempting to sell off analog inventories, there was a drop off in demand for analog products. The write-down was based upon the drop in demand, as carriers no longer promoted analog product and notified the Company that previous indications for orders of analog phones were no longer viable. Also during 2001, the Company recorded an additional inventory write-down to market of $7,150 associated with older digital products as newer products were being introduced.
13
During fiscal 2002 and 2003, Wireless recorded inventory write-downs of $13.8 and $2.8 million, respectively, due to more current technological advances in the market. These write-downs were made based upon open purchase orders from customers and selling prices subsequent to the respective balance sheet dates as well as indications from customers based upon the then current negotiations. There can be no assurance that this will not occur again given the emergence of new technologies.
We Depend on a Small Number of Key Customers For a Large Percentage of Our Sales.
The wireless industry is characterized by a small number of key customers. Specifically, 70%, 71% and 72% of our wireless sales were to five wireless customers in fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The loss of one or more of these customers would have a material impact on our business.
We Do Not Have Long-term Sales Contracts with Any of Our Customers.
Sales of our wireless products are made by written purchase orders and are terminable at will by either party. The unexpected loss of all or a significant portion of sales to any one of our large customers could have a material adverse effect on our performance. Sales of our electronics products are made by purchase order and are terminated at will at the option of either party. We do not have long-term sales contracts with any of our customers. The unexpected loss of all or a significant portion of sales to any one of these customers could result in a material adverse effect on our performance.
We Could Lose Customers or Orders as a Result of Consolidation in the Wireless Telecommunications Carrier Industry.
As a result of global competitive pressures, there has been significant consolidation in the wireless industry which has caused extreme price competition. Future consolidations could cause us to lose business if any of the new consolidated entities do not perform as they expect to because of integration or other problems. In addition, these consolidations will result in a smaller number of wireless carriers, leading to greater competition in the wireless handset market and may favor one or more of our competitors over us. This could also lead to fluctuations in our quarterly results and carrying value of our inventory. If any of these new entities orders less product from us or elects not to do business with us or demands pricing changes in order to compete, it would have a material adverse effect on our business. In fiscal 2003, the five largest wireless customers (Verizon Wireless, Bell Distribution, Inc., Virgin Mobile, Sprint Spectrum LP and US Cellular) represented 72% of Wireless' net sales and 44% of consolidated net sales during fiscal 2003. Three customers each accounted for 34%, 15% and 12%, respectively, of Wireless' net sales for fiscal 2003.
Sales in Our Electronics Business Are Dependent on New Products and Consumer Acceptance.
Our electronics business depends, to a large extent, on the introduction and availability of innovative products and technologies. Significant sales of new products in niche markets, such as navigation, portable DVD players and mobile video systems, have fueled the recent growth of our electronics business. If we are not able to continually introduce new products that achieve consumer acceptance, our sales and profit margins will decline.
Since We Do Not Manufacture Our Products, We Depend on Our Suppliers to Provide Us with Adequate Quantities of High Quality Competitive Products on a Timely Basis.
We do not manufacture our products. We do not have long-term contracts but have exclusive distribution arrangements with certain suppliers. The suppliers can only sell their products through the Company for a given geographic or designated market area. Most of our products are imported from suppliers under short-term purchase orders. Accordingly, we can give no assurance that:
14
Because of the increased demand for wireless and consumer electronics products, there have been, and still could be, industry-wide shortages of components. As a result, on occasion our suppliers have not been able to produce the quantities of these products that we desire. Our inability to supply sufficient quantities of products that are in demand could reduce our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our relationships with our customers. If any of our supplier relationships were terminated or interrupted, we could experience an immediate or long-term supply shortage, which could have a material adverse effect on us. It is likely that our supply of wireless products would be interrupted before we could obtain alternative products.
Because We Purchase a Significant Amount of Our Products from Suppliers in Pacific Rim Countries, We Are Subject to the Economic Risks Associated with Changes in the Social, Political, Regulatory and Economic Conditions Inherent in These Countries.
We import most of our products from suppliers in the Pacific Rim. Countries in the Pacific Rim have experienced significant social, political and economic upheaval over the past several years. Because of the large concentrations of our purchases in Pacific Rim countries, particularly Japan, China, South Korea, Taiwan and Malaysia, any adverse changes in the social, political, regulatory and economic conditions in these countries may materially increase the cost of the products that we buy from our foreign suppliers or delay shipments of products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, our dependence on foreign suppliers forces us to order products further in advance than we would if our products were manufactured domestically. This increases the risk that our products will become obsolete or face selling price reductions before we can sell our inventory.
We Plan to Expand the International Marketing and Distribution of Our Products, Which Will Subject Us to Additional Business Risks.
As part of our business strategy, we intend to increase our international sales, although we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. Conducting business outside of the United States subjects us to significant additional risks, including:
For instance, our international sales have been affected by political unrest and currency fluctuation in Venezuela. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
15
Fluctuations in Foreign Currencies Could Have a Material Adverse Impact on Our Business.
We cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our future operating results. Also, due to the short-term nature of our supply arrangements, the relationship of the U.S. dollar to foreign currencies will impact price quotes when negotiating new supply arrangements denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, we could experience declining selling prices in our market without the benefit of cost decreases on purchases from suppliers or we could experience increasing costs without an ability to pass the costs to the customers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively limit our exposure to foreign currencies. Foreign currency fluctuations could cause our operating results to decline and have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete. Many of our competitors manufacture products in the United States or outside the Pacific Rim, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage if the value of the Pacific Rim currencies increased relative to the currency in the countries where our competitors obtain their products.
Trade Sanctions Against Foreign Countries or Foreign Companies Could Have a Material Adverse Impact on Our Business.
As a result of trade disputes, the United States and foreign countries have occasionally imposed tariffs, regulatory procedures and importation bans on certain products, including wireless handsets that have been produced in foreign countries. Trade sanctions or regulatory procedures involving a country in which we conduct a substantial amount of business could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Some of the countries we purchase products from are: China, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and Malaysia. China and Japan have been affected by such sanctions in the past. In addition, the United States has imposed, and may in the future impose, sanctions on foreign companies for anti-dumping and other violations of U.S. law. If sanctions were imposed on any of our suppliers or customers, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
We May Not Be Able to Sustain Our Recent Growth Rates or Maintain Profit Margins.
Sales of our wireless products, a large portion of our business that operates on a high-volume, low-margin basis, have varied significantly over the past several years, from approximately $423 million in fiscal 1998 to approximately $1.4 billion for fiscal 2000 back to approximately $806 million in 2003. Sales of our electronics products also increased significantly from approximately $182 million for fiscal 1998 to approximately $518 million for fiscal 2003. We may not be able to continue to achieve this overall revenue growth rate or maintain profit margins because, among other reasons, of increased competition and technological changes, which can be seen in the decline of our Wireless Group. In addition, we expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we seek to expand our business, which could also result in a reduction in profit margins if we do not concurrently increase our sales proportionately.
If Our Sales During the Holiday Season Fall below Our Expectations, Our Annual Results Could Also Fall below Expectations.
Seasonal consumer shopping patterns significantly affect our business. We generally make a substantial amount of our sales and net income during September, October and November, our fourth fiscal quarter. We expect this trend to continue. December is also a key month for us, due largely to the increase in promotional activities by our customers during the holiday season. If the economy faltered in these periods, if our customers altered the timing or frequency of their promotional activities or if the effectiveness of these promotional activities declined, particularly around the holiday season, it could have a material adverse effect on our annual financial results.
16
A Decline in General Economic Conditions Could Lead to Reduced Consumer Demand for the Discretionary Products We Sell.
Consumer spending patterns, especially discretionary spending for products such as consumer electronics and wireless handsets, are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, wage rates, inflation, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy or an uncertain economic outlook could have a material adverse effect on our sales.
We Depend Heavily on Existing Management and Key Personnel and Our Ability to Recruit and Retain Qualified Personnel.
Our success depends on the continued efforts of John J. Shalam, Philip Christopher, C. Michael Stoehr and Patrick Lavelle, each of whom has worked with Audiovox for over two decades, as well as our other executive officers and key employees. We only have one employment contract, with Philip Christopher and none with any other executive officers or key employees. The loss or interruption of the continued full-time service of certain of our executive officers and key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business.
In addition, to support our continued growth, we must effectively recruit, develop and retain additional qualified personnel both domestically and internationally. Our inability to attract and retain necessary qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We Are Responsible for Product Warranties and Defects.
Even though we outsource manufacturing, we provide warranties for all of our products for which we have provided an estimated liability. Therefore, we are highly dependent on the quality of our suppliers. The warranties for our electronics products range from 90 days to the lifetime of a vehicle for the original owner. The warranties for our current wireless products generally range from 12 to 15 months. In addition, if we are required to repair a significant amount of product, the value of the product could decline while we are repairing the product.
Our Capital Resources May Not Be Sufficient to Meet Our Future Capital and Liquidity Requirements.
We believe that we currently have sufficient resources to fund our existing operations for the foreseeable future through our cash flows and borrowings under our credit facility. However, we may need additional capital to operate our business if:
The Company's principal source of liquidity expires in July 2004, and the Company is currently in negotiations with the bank to extend this facility. We cannot assure you that we would be able to raise additional capital on favorable terms, if at all. If we could not obtain sufficient funds to meet our capital requirements, we would have to curtail our business plans. We may also raise funds to meet our capital requirements by issuing additional equity, which could be dilutive to our stockholders, though there can be no assurance that we would be able to do this.
17
Restrictive Covenants in Our Credit Facility May Restrict Our Ability to Implement Our Growth Strategy, Respond to Changes in Industry Conditions, Secure Additional Financing and Make Acquisitions.
Our credit facility contains restrictive covenants that:
If our business needs require us to take on additional debt, secure financing or make significant capital expenditures or acquisitions, and we are unable to comply with these restrictions, we would be forced to negotiate with our lenders to waive these covenants or amend the terms of our credit facility. At May 31, 2001, November 30, 2001 and the first quarter ended February 28, 2002, the Company was not in compliance with certain of its pre-tax income covenants. The Company received a waiver for the November 30, 2001 pre-tax income violation subsequent to its issuance of the November 30, 2001 financial statements. In addition, the Company received waivers for the May 31, 2001 and February 28, 2002 violations.
At November 30, 2002, the Company was not in compliance with certain of its pre-tax income covenants. Furthermore, as of November 30, 2002, the Company was also not in compliance with the requirement to deliver audited financial statements 90 days after the Company's fiscal year end, and as of February 28, 2003, the requirement to deliver unaudited quarterly financial statements 45 days after the Company's quarter end and had not received a waiver. The Company subsequently obtained a waiver for the November 30, 2002 and February 28, 2003 violations. The Company was in compliance with all its bank covenants at November 30, 2003. While the Company has historically been able to obtain waivers for such violations, there can be no assurance that future negotiations with its lenders would be successful or that the Company will not violate covenants in the future, therefore, resulting in amounts outstanding to be payable upon demand. This credit agreement has no cross covenants with other credit facilities.
Achieving pre-tax income is significantly dependant upon the timing of customer acceptance of new technologies, customer demand and the ability of our vendors to supply sufficient quantities to fulfill anticipated customer demand, among other factors.
There Are Claims of Possible Health Risks from Wireless Handsets.
Claims have been made alleging a link between the non-thermal electromagnetic field emitted by wireless handsets and the development of cancer, including brain cancer. The television program 20/20 on ABC reported that several of the handsets available on the market, when used in certain positions, emit radiation to the user's brain in amounts higher than permitted by the Food and Drug Administration. The scientific community is divided on whether there is any risk associated with the use of wireless handsets and, if so, the magnitude of the risk. Unfavorable publicity, whether or not warranted, medical studies or findings or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our growth and financial results.
In the past, several plaintiffs' groups have brought class actions against wireless handset manufacturers and distributors, including us, alleging that wireless handsets have caused cancer. To date, none of these actions has been successful. However, actions based on these or other claims may succeed in the future and have a material adverse effect on us.
18
Several Domestic and Foreign Governments Are Considering, or Have Recently Adopted, Legislation That Restricts the Use of Wireless Handsets While Driving.
Several foreign governments have adopted, and a number of U.S. state and local governments are considering or have recently enacted, legislation that would restrict or prohibit the use of a wireless handset while driving a vehicle or, alternatively, require the use of a hands-free telephone. For example, Ohio and New York have adopted statutes that restricts the use of wireless handsets or requires the use of a hands-free kit while driving. Widespread legislation that restricts or prohibits the use of wireless handsets while operating a vehicle could have a material adverse effect on our future growth.
Our Stock Price Could Fluctuate Significantly.
The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly in response to various factors and events, including:
In addition, the securities markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations over the past several years that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Our Securities Will Continue to be Listed on the Nasdaq National Market Pursuant to Exceptions.
Following the Company's hearing with the Nasdaq related to its late filing of certain annual and quarterly forms with the SEC, the Company was notified that it must become timely in its filings and continue in the future to be timely to insure its continued listing on the Nasdaq National Market.
John J. Shalam, Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Owns a Significant Portion of Our Common Stock and Can Exercise Control over Our Affairs.
Mr. Shalam beneficially owns approximately 54% of the combined voting power of both classes of common stock. This will allow him to elect our Board of Directors and, in general, to determine the outcome of any other matter submitted to the stockholders for approval. Mr. Shalam's voting power may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of Audiovox.
We have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol VOXX, and Class B common stock, which is not publicly traded and substantially all of which is beneficially owned by Mr. Shalam. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share. Both classes vote together as a single class, except in certain circumstances, for the election and
19
removal of directors and as otherwise may be required by Delaware law. Since our charter permits shareholder action by written consent, Mr. Shalam may be able to take significant corporate actions without prior notice and a shareholder meeting.
As of November 30, 2003, the Company leased a total of twenty-nine operating facilities located in eleven states. The leases have been classified as operating leases, with the exception of one, which is recorded as a capital lease. Wireless utilizes eight of these facilities located in California, New York, Virginia and Canada. The Electronics Group utilizes twenty-one of these facilities located in California, Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, New York, Ohio, Tennessee, Texas and Michigan. These facilities serve as offices, warehouses, distribution centers or retail locations for both Wireless and Electronics. Additionally, the Company utilizes public warehouse facilities located in Norfolk, Virginia and Sparks, Nevada for its Electronics Group and in Miami, Florida, Toronto, Canada, Farmingdale, New York, Rancho Dominguez, California and Tilburg, Netherlands for its Wireless Group. The Company also leases facilities in Germany and Venezuela for its Electronics Group.
The Company is currently, and has in the past been, a party to routine litigation incidental to its business. From time to time, the Company receives notification of alleged violations of registered patent holders' rights. The Company has either been indemnified by its manufacturers in these matters, obtained the benefit of a patent license or has decided to vigorously defend such claims.
On September 17, 2003, Audiovox Electronics Corporation ("AEC") settled the action for patent infringement that was instituted by Nissho Iwai American Corporation against AEC in the United State District Court for the Southern District of New York. Pursuant to the settlement Nissho granted AEC a non-exclusive license for a payment covering any alleged past infringements and a per unit payment for future infringement. Neither party to the lawsuit admitted any liability or any merit to the allegations of either party.
The Company and Audiovox Communications Corp. ("ACC"), along with other manufacturers of wireless phones and cellular service providers, were named as defendants in two class action lawsuits alleging non-compliance with FCC ordered emergency 911 call processing capabilities. These lawsuits were consolidated and transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, which in turn referred the cases to the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") to determine if the manufacturers and service providers are in compliance with the FCC's order on emergency 911 call processing capabilities. The Company and ACC intend to vigorously defend this matter. However, no assurances regarding the outcome of this matter can be given at this point in the litigation.
In June 2003, Audiovox Communications Corp. settled the litigation it had instituted against Northcoast Communications, LLC ("Northcoast"). ACC received a partial payment of its claimed amount from Northcoast. In addition, Northcoast withdrew its counterclaims with prejudice. A Stipulation of Discontinuance with prejudice was filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of Suffolk.
During 2001, the Company, along with other suppliers, manufacturers and distributors of hand-held wireless telephones, was named as a defendant in five class action lawsuits alleging damages relating to exposure to radio frequency radiation from hand-held wireless telephones. These class actions have been consolidated and transferred to a Multi-District Litigation Panel before the United States District Court of the District of Maryland. On March 5, 2003, Judge Catherine C. Blake of the United States District Court for the District of Maryland granted the defendants' consolidated motion to dismiss these complaints. Plaintiffs have appealed to the United States Circuit Court of Appeals,
20
Fourth Circuit. The appeal pending before the United States Circuit Court of Appeals, Fourth Circuit in the consolidated class action lawsuits (Pinney, Farina, Gilliam, Gimpelson and Naquin) against ACC and other suppliers, manufacturers and distributors as well as wireless carriers of hand-held wireless telephones alleging damages relating to risk of exposure to radio frequency radiation from the wireless telephones has not yet been heard. It is anticipated that the appeal will be heard in May 2004.
The Company had been the subject of an administrative agency investigation involving alleged reimbursement of a fixed nominal amount of federal campaign contributions during the years 1995 and 1996. During the third quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company entered into a Conciliation Agreement and paid a civil penalty in the amount of $620.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2003, a certain Venezuelan employee, who is also a minority shareholder in Audiovox Venezuela, submitted a claim to the Venezuela Labor Court for severance compensation of approximately $560. The Court approved the claim and it was paid and expensed by Audiovox Venezuela in the third quarter of fiscal 2003. The Company is challenging the payment of this claim and will seek reimbursement from the Venezuelan shareholder or the Company's insurance carrier.
The Company does not expect the outcome of any pending litigation, separately and in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on its business, consolidated financial position or results of operations.
Item 4Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003.
Item 5Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Summary of Stock Prices and Dividend Data
The Class A Common Stock of Audiovox are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol VOXX. No dividends have been paid on the Company's common stock. The Company is restricted by agreements with its financial institutions from the payment of common stock dividends while certain loans are outstanding (see Liquidity and Capital Resources of Management's Discussion and Analysis). There are approximately 617 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock and four holders of Class B Convertible Common Stock.
Class A Common Stock
Fiscal Period |
High |
Low |
Average Daily Trading Volume |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2002 | |||||||
First Quarter | 8.25 | 6.00 | 117,420 | ||||
Second Quarter | 8.93 | 6.50 | 82,356 | ||||
Third Quarter | 9.05 | 5.95 | 91,708 | ||||
Fourth Quarter | 11.53 | 6.30 | 71,940 | ||||
2003 |
|||||||
First Quarter | 11.60 | 7.77 | 167,418 | ||||
Second Quarter | 9.70 | 6.10 | 95,459 | ||||
Third Quarter | 14.03 | 9.15 | 123,680 | ||||
Fourth Quarter | 14.90 | 11.00 | 95,333 |
21
We have not paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We have retained, and currently anticipate that we will continue to retain, all of our earnings for use in developing our business. Future cash dividends, if any, will be paid at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend, among other things, upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant.
Equity Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information regarding the Company's equity compensation plans in effect as of November 30, 2003:
Plan Category |
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first reporting column) |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | 2,569,864 | $ | 11.77 | 234,253 | |||
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(a) | 150,000 | 11.12 | | ||||
Total | 2,719,864 | $ | 11.76 | 234,253 | |||
Item 6Selected Consolidated Financial Data
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, the notes to consolidated financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", which are included elsewhere in this report. The consolidated statements of operations data for each of the five fiscal years in the period ended November 30, 2003, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of the end of each such fiscal year, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements (in thousands except per share data).
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsRecent Event" and Note 2, "Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements", and Note 22, "Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information regarding the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001 and restated unaudited quarterly data for fiscal quarters during the year ended November 30, 2001 and the fiscal 2002 quarters ended February 28, 2002,
22
May 31, 2002 and August 31, 2002. The Company did not restate the year ended November 30, 1999 as any restatement amounts applicable to that year were not material and were recorded in fiscal 2000.
|
Years Ended November 30, |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
1999 |
2000(1) |
2001(1) |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data | ||||||||||||||||
Net sales(2)(3) | $ | 1,149,537 | $ | 1,670,291 | $ | 1,276,591 | $ | 1,100,382 | $ | 1,323,902 | ||||||
Operating income | 38,237 | 39,629 | (9,236 | ) | (14,076 | ) | 21,803 | |||||||||
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | 27,246 | 25,303 | (7,198 | ) | (14,280 | ) | 11,239 | |||||||||
Extraordinary item | | 2,189 | | | | |||||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | | | | 240 | | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) | 27,246 | 27,492 | (7,198 | ) | (14,040 | ) | 11,239 | |||||||||
Income (loss) per common share before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill: | ||||||||||||||||
Basic | 1.43 | 1.19 | (0.33 | ) | (0.65 | ) | 0.51 | |||||||||
Diluted | 1.39 | 1.12 | (0.33 | ) | (0.65 | ) | 0.51 | |||||||||
Net income (loss) per common share: | ||||||||||||||||
Basic | 1.43 | 1.29 | (0.33 | ) | (0.64 | ) | 0.51 | |||||||||
Diluted | 1.39 | 1.22 | (0.33 | ) | (0.64 | ) | 0.51 | |||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data |
||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 486,220 | $ | 517,586 | $ | 544,497 | $ | 551,235 | 579,703 | |||||||
Working capital | 272,081 | 305,369 | 284,166 | 292,687 | 304,354 | |||||||||||
Long-term obligations, less current installments | 122,798 | 23,468 | 10,040 | 18,250 | 29,639 | |||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 216,744 | 330,766 | 323,220 | 309,513 | 325,728 |
Item 7Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-looking Statements
This Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
23
amended. Words such as "may," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "plan," "intend," "project," "anticipate," "continues," "could," "potential," "predict" and similar expressions may identify forward- looking statements. The Company has based these forward-looking statements on its current expectations and projections about future events, activities or developments. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements relating to, among other things:
These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks, uncertainties and assumptions about the Company including, among other things:
Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company has previously restated its consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001 and for the fiscal quarters during the year ended November 30,
24
2001 and the fiscal 2002 quarters ended February 28, 2002, May 31, 2002 and August 31, 2002. In addition, the Company previously reclassified certain expenses from operating expenses to cost of sales for fiscal 2001 and for each of the quarters in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. Please refer to the Company's previously filed Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2002 for details.
Business Overview
The Company markets its products under the Audiovox® brand name and other brand names such as Jensen®, Acoustic Research® and Advent®, as well as private labels through a large and diverse distribution network both domestically and internationally. The Company operates through two marketing groups: Wireless and Electronics.
Wireless consists of Audiovox Communications Corp. (ACC), a 75%-owned subsidiary of Audiovox, and Quintex Mobile Communications Corp. (Quintex), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ACC. ACC markets wireless handsets and accessories primarily on a wholesale basis to wireless carriers in the United States and carriers overseas primarily in the CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access) market. Based on unit sales, ACC has a substantial share of the CDMA market, which is directly impacted by new product introductions and high customer concentration (see Cautionary Factors that May Affect Future Results). Quintex is a small operation for the direct sale of handsets, accessories and wireless telephone service. Quintex also receives residual fees and activation commissions from the carriers. Residuals are paid by the carriers based upon a percentage of usage of customers activated by Quintex for a period of time (1-5 years). Quintex also sells a small volume of electronics products not related to wireless which are categorized as "other" sales.
The Electronics Group consists of four wholly-owned subsidiaries: Audiovox Electronics Corporation (AEC), American Radio Corp., Code Systems, Inc. (Code) and Audiovox Europe Holdings GmbH (Audiovox Europe) and three majority-owned subsidiaries, Audiovox Communications (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd., Audiovox Holdings (M) Sdn. Bhd. and Audiovox Venezuela, C.A. The Electronics Group markets, both domestically and internationally, automotive sound and security systems, electronic car accessories, home and portable sound products, two-way radios, in-vehicle video systems, flat-screen televisions, DVD players and navigation systems. Sales are made through an extensive distribution network of mass merchandisers and others. In addition, the Company sells some of its products directly to automobile manufacturers on an OEM basis. American Radio Corp. is also involved on a limited basis in the wireless marketplace and these sales are categorized as "other".
The Company allocates interest and certain shared expenses, including treasury, legal, human resources and information systems, to the marketing groups based upon both actual and estimated usage. General expenses and other income items that are not readily allocable are not included in the results of the two marketing groups.
From fiscal 1999 through 2003, several major events and trends have affected the Company's results and financial conditions. Such events and trends are discussed below.
Handset sales in our Wireless Group increased from 6.1 million units in fiscal 1999 to an all-time high of 8.9 million units in fiscal 2000 as a result of the introduction of digital technology, reduced cost of service plans and expanded feature options which attracted more subscribers to the carriers systems. During 2001 through 2003, as a result of the change in technology from analog to digital, the consolidation of our carrier customer base and increased price competition from our competitors, the Wireless Group's overall growth was impacted. Further during this period, the addition of several new competitors had an effect on the Company's sales. These factors resulted in a reduction of our net
25
sales to 4.7 million units in 2003. This overall trend in our wireless business from 1999 was impacted by:
In fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Company recorded inventory write-downs to market of $20,650, $13,823 and $2,817, respectively. These write-downs were primarily due to increased pricing pressures, competition and changing technologies. Wireless' gross profit margins were negatively impacted by 2.1, 1.9 and 0.3 percentage points, respectively, as a result of these write-downs. As the life cycle for wireless products shortens, the timing of product testing and acceptance for new wireless technology has become critical. Complex wireless technology has caused delays in product testing and acceptance which may result in delayed product introductions. This trend of product testing, competition, price erosion, and changing technologies will continue to affect the overall wireless business segment.
In fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, Wireless recorded $12,555, $3,216 and $1,137, respectively, into income due to reversals of previously established sales incentive accruals. Wireless' gross profit margins were positively impacted by 1.3, 0.4 and 0.1 percentage points, respectively, as a result of these reversals. See further discussion in critical accounting policies.
In our Electronics Group, sales were $239.6 million in 1999 and $517.7 million in 2003. During this period, the Company's sales were impacted by the following items:
Both of the Company's segments, Electronics and Wireless, are influenced by the introduction of new products and changes in technology (see Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results: Our success depends on our ability to keep pace with technological advances in the wireless industry).
During fiscal 2002 and 2003, the Company introduced several new products in our Electronics segment, which included an extended line of portable DVD products for the consumer market, new flat panel TV's and satellite radios. In our Wireless group, the technology has evolved to new 1X technology, color view screens and camera phones, PDA's with built-in wireless capabilities and certain 1X phones have the availability to utilize the new GPS locator systems. As a result of the continuous introduction of new products, the Company must sell existing older models prior to new product introduction or the value of the inventory may be impacted (see Critical Accounting PoliciesInventory, MD&A Discussions).
Gross margins in the Company's electronics business have decreased to 16.6% for fiscal 2003 from 18.1% in 2000 due to increased sales to mass merchants and a change in the product mix, partially
26
offset by higher margins in mobile video products, other new technologies and products and the growth of the international business.
In fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, Electronics recorded $298, $716 and $886, respectively, into income upon the expiration of unclaimed sales incentive accruals. As a result, Electronics' gross profit margins were positively impacted by 0.1, 0.2 and 0.2 percentage points, respectively.
The Company's total operating expenses have increased at a slower rate than sales since 1999. Total consolidated operating expenses were $96.4 million in 1999 and $102.4 million in 2003. In fiscal 2003, operating expenses have increased 6.2% since 1999, compared to sales growth of 15.2% since 1999. The Company has invested in management information systems and its operating facilities to increase its efficiency.
During fiscal 2002, the Company's financial position was improved by the sale of 20% of its previously 95%-owned subsidiary, ACC, to Toshiba for $27.2 million. This sale was offset by the Recoton acquisition in fiscal 2003 which approximated $40.0 million, net of cash acquired.
All financial information, except share and per share data, is presented in thousands.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
General
The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. As such, the Company is required to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that management believes are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates and assumptions, which can be subjective and complex, affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. As a result, actual results could differ from such estimates and assumptions. The significant accounting policies which the Company believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating the reported consolidated financial results include the following:
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue from product sales at the time of passage of title and risk of loss to the customer either at FOB Shipping Point or FOB Destination, based upon terms established with the customer. Any customer acceptance provisions, which are related to product testing, are satisfied prior to revenue recognition. There are no further obligations on the part of the Company subsequent to revenue recognition except for returns of product from the Company's customers. The Company does accept returns of products, if properly requested, authorized, and approved by the Company. The Company records an estimate of returns of products to be returned by its customers. Management continuously monitors and tracks such product returns and records the provision for the estimated amount of such future returns, based on historical experience and any notification the Company receives of pending returns. The Electronics segment's selling price to its customers is a fixed amount that is not subject to refund or adjustment or contingent upon additional rebates.
The Wireless segment has sales agreements with certain customers that provide for a rebate of the selling price to such customers if the particular product is subsequently sold at a lower price to the same customer or to a different customer. The rebate period extends for a relatively short period of time. Historically, the amounts of such rebates paid to customers have not been material. The Company estimates the amount of the rebate based upon the terms of each individual arrangement, historical experience and future expectations of price reductions, and the Company records its estimate of the rebate amount at the time of the sale.
27
Sales Incentives
Both of the Company's segments, Wireless and Electronics, offer sales incentives to its customers in the form of (1) co-operative advertising allowances; (2) market development funds and (3) volume incentive rebates. The Electronics segment also offers other trade allowances to its customers. The terms of the sales incentives vary by customer and are offered from time to time. Except for other trade allowances, all sales incentives require the customer to purchase the Company's products during a specified period of time. All sales incentives require the customer to claim the sales incentive within a certain time period. Although all sales incentives require customers to claim the sales incentive within a certain time period (referred to as the "claim period"), the Wireless segment historically has settled sales incentives claimed after the claim period has expired if a customer demands payment. The sales incentive liabilities are settled either by the customer claiming a deduction against an outstanding account receivable owed to the Company by the customer or by the customer requesting a check from the Company. The Company is unable to demonstrate that an identifiable benefit of the sales incentives has been received as such, all costs associated with sales incentives are classified as a reduction of net sales. The following is a summary of the various sales incentive programs offered by the Company and the related accounting policies:
Co-operative advertising allowances are offered to customers as reimbursement towards their costs for print or media advertising in which our product is featured on its own or in conjunction with other companies' products (e.g., a weekly advertising circular by a mass merchant). The amount offered is either based upon a fixed percentage of the Company's sales revenue or is a fixed amount per unit sold to the customer during a specified time period. Market development funds are offered to customers in connection with new product launches or entering into new markets. Those new markets can be either new geographic areas or new customers. The amount offered for new product launches is based upon a fixed percentage of the Company's sales revenue to the customer or is a fixed amount per unit sold to the customer during a specified time period. The Company accrues the cost of co-operative advertising allowances and market development funds at the later of when the customer purchases our products or when the sales incentive is offered to the customer.
Volume incentive rebates offered to customers require that minimum quantities of product be purchased during a specified period of time. The amount offered is either based upon a fixed percentage of the Company's sales revenue to the customer or is a fixed amount per unit sold to the customer. Certain of the volume incentive rebates offered to customers include a sliding scale of the amount of the sales incentive with different required minimum quantities to be purchased. The customer's achievement of the sales threshold and consequently the measurement of the total rebate for the Wireless segment cannot be reasonably estimated. Accordingly, the Wireless segment recognizes a liability for the maximum potential amount of the rebate with the exception of certain volume incentive rebates that include very aggressive tiered levels of volume purchases. For volume incentive rebates that include very aggressive tiered levels of volume purchase, the Wireless segment recognizes a liability for the rebate as the underlying revenue transactions that result in progress by the customer toward earning the rebate or refund on a program by program basis are recognized. The Electronics segment makes an estimate of the ultimate amount of the rebate their customers will earn based upon past history with the customer and other facts and circumstances. The Electronics segment has the ability to estimate these volume incentive rebates, as there does not exist a relatively long period of time for a particular rebate to be claimed, the Electronics segment does have historical experience with these sales incentive programs and the Electronics segment does have a large volume of relatively homogenous transactions. Any changes in the estimated amount of volume incentive rebates are recognized immediately using a cumulative catch-up adjustment.
28
With respect to the accounting for co-operative advertising allowances, market development funds and volume incentive rebates, there was no impact upon the adoption of EITF 01-9, "Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of Vendor's Products)" (EITF 01-9), as the Company's accounting policy prior to March 1, 2002 was consistent with its accounting policy after the adoption of EITF 01-9.
Other trade allowances are additional sales incentives that the Company provides to the Electronics segment customers subsequent to the related revenue being recognized. In accordance with EITF 01-9, the Company records the provision for these additional sales incentives at the later of when the sales incentive is offered or when the related revenue is recognized. Such additional sales incentives are based upon a fixed percentage of the selling price to the customer, a fixed amount per unit, or a lump-sum amount.
The accrual for sales incentives at November 30, 2002 and 2003 was $12,151 and $21,894, respectively. The Company's sales incentive liability may prove to be inaccurate, in which case the Company may have understated or overstated the provision required for these arrangements. Therefore, although the Company makes its best estimate of its sales incentive liability, many factors, including significant unanticipated changes in the purchasing volume of its customers and the lack of claims made by customers of offered and accepted sales incentives, could have significant impact on the Company's liability for sales incentives and the Company's reported operating results.
For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, reversals of previously established sales incentive liabilities amounted to $14,369, $4,716 and $2,940, respectively. These reversals include unearned sales incentives and unclaimed sales incentives. Unearned sales incentives are volume incentive rebates where the customer did not purchase the required minimum quantities of product during the specified time. Volume incentive rebates for both segments are reversed into income in the period when the customer did not purchase the required minimum quantities of product during the specified time. Unearned sales incentives for fiscal years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $9,051, $1,354 and $1,310, respectively. Unclaimed sales incentives are sales incentives earned by the customer but the customer has not claimed payment of the earned sales incentive from the Company. Unclaimed sales incentives for fiscal years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $5,318, $3,362 and $1,630, respectively.
The accrual for earned but unclaimed sales incentives is reversed by Wireless only when management is able to conclude, based upon an individual judgment of each sales incentive, that it is remote that the customer will claim the sales incentive. The methodology applied for determining the amount and timing of reversals for the Wireless segment is disciplined, consistent and rational. The methodology is not systematic (formula based), as the Company makes an estimate as to when it is remote that the sales incentive will not be claimed. Reversals by the Wireless segment of unclaimed sales incentives have historically occurred in varying periods up to 12 months after the recognition of the accrual. In deciding on whether to reverse the sales incentive liability into income, the Company makes an assessment as to the likelihood of the customer ever claiming the funds after the claim period has expired and considers the specific facts and circumstances pertaining to the individual sales incentive. The factors considered by management in making the decision to reverse accruals for unclaimed sales incentives include (i) past practices of the customer requesting payments after the expiration of the claim period; (ii) recent negotiations with the customer for new sales incentives; (iii) subsequent communications with the customer with regard to the status of the claim; and (iv) recent activity in the customer's account.
The Electronics segment reverses earned but unclaimed sales incentives upon the expiration of the claim period. The Company believes that the reversal of earned but unclaimed sales incentives for Electronics upon the expiration of the claim period is a disciplined, rational, consistent and systematic method of reversing unclaimed sales incentives. For the Electronics segment, the majority of sales
29
incentive programs are calendar-year programs. Accordingly, the program ends on the month following the fiscal year end and the claim period expires one year from the end of the program.
Accounts Receivable
The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer's current credit worthiness, as determined by a review of their current credit information. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. The Company's reserve for estimated credit losses at November 30, 2003 was $6,947. While such credit losses have historically been within management's expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to experience the same credit loss rates that have been experienced in the past. Since the Company's accounts receivable are concentrated in a relatively few number of customers, a significant change in the liquidity or financial position of any one of these customers could have a material adverse impact on the collectability of the Company's accounts receivables and future operating results.
Inventories
The Company values its inventory at the lower of the actual cost to purchase (primarily on a weighted moving average basis) and/or the current estimated market value of the inventory less expected costs to sell the inventory. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on-hand and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on open purchase orders from customers and selling prices subsequent to the balance sheet date as well as indications from customers based upon the then current negotiations. As demonstrated in recent years, demand for the Company's products can fluctuate significantly. A significant sudden increase in the demand for the Company's products could result in a short-term increase in the cost of inventory purchases while a significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess inventory quantities on-hand. In addition, the Company's industry is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new product introductions that could result in an increase in the amount of obsolete inventory quantities on-hand. In such situations, the Company generally does not obtain price protection from its vendors, however, on occasion, the Company has received price protection which reduces the cost of inventory. Since price protection reduces the cost of inventory, as the Company sells the inventory for which it has received price protection, the amount is reflected as a reduction to cost of sales. There can be no assurances that the Company will be successful in negotiating such price protection from its vendors in the future.
The Company has, on occasion, performed upgrades on certain inventory on behalf of its vendors. The reimbursements the Company receives to perform these upgrades are reflected as a reduction to the cost of inventory and is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as the related inventory is sold. Additionally, the Company's estimates of excess and obsolete inventory may prove to be inaccurate, in which case the Company may have understated or overstated the provision required for excess and obsolete inventory. In the future, if the Company's inventory is determined to be overvalued, it would be required to recognize such costs in its cost of goods sold at the time of such determination. Likewise, if the Company does not properly estimate the lower of cost or market of its inventory and it is therefore determined to be undervalued, it may have over-reported its cost of goods sold in previous periods and would be required to recognize such additional operating income at the time of sale. Therefore, although the Company makes every effort to ensure the accuracy of its forecasts of future product demand, any significant unanticipated changes in demand or technological developments could have a significant impact on the value of the Company's inventory and its reported operating results.
The Company maintains a significant investment in inventory and, therefore, is subject to the risk of losses on write-downs to market and inventory obsolescence. The Company decided to substantially
30
exit the analog phone line of business to reflect the shift in the wireless industry from analog to digital technology and recorded a charge of approximately $13,500 during the second quarter of 2001 to reduce its carrying value of its analog inventory to estimated market value. During the fourth quarter of 2001, Wireless recorded inventory write-downs to market of $7,150 as a result of the reduction of selling prices primarily related to digital hand-held phones during the first quarter of 2002 in anticipation of new digital technologies. During the year ended November 30, 2002, Wireless recorded inventory write-downs to market of $13,823.
During fiscal 2003, Wireless recorded inventory write-downs of $2,817 based upon open purchase orders from customers and selling prices subsequent to the respective balance sheet dates as well as indications from our customers based upon current negotiations. It is reasonably possible that additional write-downs to market may be required in the future given the continued emergence of new technologies, however, no estimate can be made of such write-downs. At November 30, 2003, Wireless had on hand approximately 15,600 units of previously written-down inventory, with an extended value of approximately $800.
For certain inventory items, the Company is entitled to receive price protection in the event the selling price to its customers is less than the purchase price from the manufacturer. The Company records such price protection, as necessary, at the time of the sale of the units. For fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, price protection of $4,550, $27,683 and $13,031, respectively, was recorded as a reduction to cost of sales as the related inventory was sold. (see Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results: Our success depends on our ability to keep pace with technological advances in the wireless industry.)
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and Other Intangible assets consist of the excess cost over fair value of assets acquired and (goodwill) and other intangible assets (patents and trademarks). Goodwill, which includes equity investment goodwill, is calculated as the excess of the cost of purchased businesses over the value of their underlying net assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets that have an indefinite life are not amortized.
On an annual basis, we test goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment. To determine the fair value of these intangible assets, there are many assumptions and estimates used that directly impact the results of the testing. We have the ability to influence the outcome and ultimate results based on the assumptions and estimates we choose. To mitigate undue influence, we set criteria that are reviewed and approved by various levels of management. Additionally, we evaluate our recorded intangible assets with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, as necessary.
Warranties
The Company offers warranties of various lengths depending upon the specific product. The Company's standard warranties require the Company to repair or replace defective product returned to the Company by both end users and its customers during such warranty period at no cost to the end users or customers. The Company records an estimate for warranty related costs based upon its actual historical return rates and repair costs at the time of sale, which are included in cost of sales. The estimated liability for future warranty expense amounted to $12,006 at November 30, 2003, which has been included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. While the Company's warranty costs have historically been within its expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to experience the same warranty return rates or repair costs that have been experienced in the past. A significant increase in product return rates, or a significant increase in the costs to repair the Company's products, could have a material adverse impact on its operating results for the period or periods in which such returns or additional costs materialize.
31
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". This Statement establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for the effects of income taxes that result from an enterprise's activities during the current and preceding years. It requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes.
The realization of tax benefits of deductible temporary differences and operating loss or tax credit carryforwards will depend on whether the Company will have sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character within the carryback and carryforward period permitted by the tax law to allow for utilization of the deductible amounts and carryforwards. Without sufficient taxable income to offset the deductible amounts and carryforwards, the related tax benefits will expire unused. The Company has evaluated both positive and negative evidence in making a determination as to whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Effective May 29, 2002, the Company's ownership in the Wireless Group was decreased to 75% (see Note 3). As such, the Company no longer files a consolidated U.S. Federal tax return. As a result, the realizability of the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets are assessed on a stand-alone basis. The Company's Wireless Group has incurred cumulative losses in recent years, and therefore based upon these cumulative losses and other material factors (including the Wireless Group's inability to reasonably and accurately estimate future operating and taxable income based upon the volatility of their historical operations), the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that some of the benefits of the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets and carryforwards will expire unused. Accordingly, the Company recorded an additional valuation allowance of $13,090 during fiscal year ended November 30, 2002 related to the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets. During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003, the valuation allowance was reduced by $641 due to a reduction in various temporary differences.
Furthermore, the Company provides tax reserves for Federal, state and international exposures relating to potential tax examination issues, planning initiatives and compliance responsibilities. The development of these reserves requires judgments about tax issues, potential outcomes and timing and is a subjective critical estimate.
32
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated certain statements of operations data for the Company expressed as a percentage of net sales:
|
Percentage of Net Sales Years Ended November 30, |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001(1) |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||
Net sales(2): | ||||||||||
Wireless | ||||||||||
Wireless products | 74.3 | % | 63.7 | % | 59.4 | % | ||||
Activation commissions | 2.1 | 2.2 | 1.3 | |||||||
Residual fees | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | |||||||
Other | 0.1 | 0.1 | | |||||||
Total Wireless | 76.7 | 66.1 | 60.9 | |||||||
Electronics |
||||||||||
Mobile electronics | 12.4 | 20.8 | 22.2 | |||||||
Sound | 4.5 | 5.1 | 5.9 | |||||||
Consumer electronics | 6.3 | 7.9 | 10.9 | |||||||
Other | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | |||||||
Total Electronics | 23.3 | 33.9 | 39.1 | |||||||
Total net sales | 100.0 | 100.0 | 100.0 | |||||||
Cost of sales | (94.4 | ) | (93.2 | ) | (90.6 | ) | ||||
Gross profit | 5.6 | 6.8 | 9.4 | |||||||
Selling | (2.4 | ) | (2.7 | ) | (2.8 | ) | ||||
General and administrative | (3.6 | ) | (5.0 | ) | (4.5 | ) | ||||
Warehousing and technical support | (0.3 | ) | (0.4 | ) | (0.5 | ) | ||||
Total operating expenses | (6.3 | ) | (8.1 | ) | (7.8 | ) | ||||
Operating income (loss) | (0.7 | ) | (1.3 | ) | 1.6 | |||||
Interest and bank charges | (0.5 | ) | (0.4 | ) | (0.3 | ) | ||||
Equity in income in equity investments | 0.3 | 0.2 | 0.2 | |||||||
Gain on issuance of subsidiary shares | | 1.3 | | |||||||
Other, net | | (0.4 | ) | 0.1 | ||||||
Income (loss) before provision for (recovery of) income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect |
(0.9 | ) | (0.6 | ) | 1.6 | |||||
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes | (0.3 | ) | 1.2 | 0.7 | ||||||
Minority interest | 0.1 | 0.4 | | |||||||
Cumulative effect | | | | |||||||
Net income (loss) | (0.6 | )% | (1.3 | )% | 0.9 | % | ||||
33
The net sales and percentage of net sales by product line and marketing group for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 are reflected in the following table. Certain reclassifications and recaptionings have been made to the data for periods prior to fiscal 2003 in order to conform to fiscal 2003 presentation.
|
Fiscal Years Ended November 30, |
||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001(1) |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
Net sales: | |||||||||||||||||||
Wireless |
|||||||||||||||||||
Products | $ | 948,921 | 74.3 | % | $ | 700,658 | 63.7 | % | $ | 787,297 | 59.4 | % | |||||||
Activation commissions | 26,879 | 2.1 | 24,393 | 2.2 | 16,652 | 1.3 | |||||||||||||
Residual fees | 2,396 | 0.2 | 2,187 | 0.2 | 2,261 | 0.2 | |||||||||||||
Other | 692 | 0.1 | 420 | 0.1 | | | |||||||||||||
Total Wireless | 978,888 | 76.7 | 727,658 | 66.1 | 806,210 | 60.9 | |||||||||||||
Electronics |
|||||||||||||||||||
Mobile electronics | 157,706 | 12.4 | 229,327 | 20.8 | 294,519 | 22.2 | |||||||||||||
Sound | 57,456 | 4.5 | 56,281 | 5.1 | 78,413 | 5.9 | |||||||||||||
Consumer electronics | 80,380 | 6.3 | 86,472 | 7.9 | 144,240 | 10.9 | |||||||||||||
Other | 2,160 | 0.1 | 644 | 0.1 | 520 | 0.1 | |||||||||||||
Total Electronics | 297,702 | 23.3 | 372,724 | 33.9 | 517,692 | 39.1 | |||||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,276,591 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,100,382 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,323,902 | 100.0 | % | |||||||
Management Key Indicators
Management reviews the following financial and non-financial indicators to assess the performance of the Company's operating results:
34
Fiscal 2002 Compared to Fiscal 2003
Consolidated Results
Net Sales
Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2003 increased $223,520 or 20.3% to $1,323,902 as compared with $1,100,382 in fiscal 2002 and were impacted by a $135 increase in sales incentives expense.
Wireless Group sales were $806,210 in fiscal 2003, a 10.8% increase from sales of $727,658 in fiscal 2002. Unit sales of wireless handsets decreased 5.9% to approximately 4,657,000 units in fiscal 2003 from approximately 4,950,000 units in fiscal 2002. However, the average selling price of the Company's handsets increased to $163 per unit in fiscal 2003 from $136 per unit in fiscal 2002 due to higher selling prices of new product introductions.
Electronics Group sales were $517,692 in fiscal 2003, a 38.9% increase from sales of $372,724 in fiscal 2002. This increase was largely due to increased sales in the mobile video and consumer electronics product lines as a result of new product introductions in digital video. Furthermore, this increase was also due to the addition of $26,377 in sales by Audiovox Europe (see Note 6) from the Recoton acquisition. Sound sales increased as a result of the Jensen®, Magnate®, Mac Audio®, Heco®, Acoustic Research® and Advent®, trademarks which was acquired during the Recoton acquisition. This increase in sound was partially offset by a change in the marketplace as fully-featured sound systems are being incorporated into vehicles at the factory rather than being sold in the aftermarket. This declining trend in fully-featured sound systems is expected to continue except in the satellite radio product line. Excluding Audiovox Europe, sales by the Company's international subsidiaries decreased $12,128 or 55.2% in fiscal 2003 due to a 68.1% decrease in Venezuela due to the temporary shut-down of the operations attributable to political and economic instability and a 41.6% decrease in Malaysia as a result of lower OEM sales.
Gross Profit
Gross profit margin for fiscal 2003 was 9.4%, compared to 6.8% in fiscal 2002. This increase in profit margin resulted primarily from lower Wireless inventory write-downs and a change in the mix of sales from Wireless to Electronics, which carries a higher gross margin. Margins for the Wireless Group increased to 4.7% from 2.0% due to lower inventory write-downs as a result of maintaining lower inventory levels and improved inventory management. Specifically, Wireless inventory write-downs were $2,817 for fiscal 2003 compared to $13,823 in fiscal 2002. During fiscal 2003, there was no significant impact to our gross profit margins on the subsequent sale of previously written-down inventory. Margins for the Electronics Group increased to 16.6% from 16.1% due to margins achieved from Audiovox Europe from the sale of Magnate®, Mac Audio®, Heco®, Acoustic Research® and Advent® products. Consolidated gross margins were also adversely impacted by late wireless product introductions and increased sales incentives. Further trends in the operations will be discussed in detail in each individual marketing group MD&A discussion.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $13,728 to $102,403 in fiscal 2003, compared to $88,675 in fiscal 2002. As a percentage of net sales, operating expenses decreased to 7.8% in fiscal 2003 from 8.1% in fiscal 2002. Major components of this increase were a $2,848 increase in advertising due to an increase in general promotions to support the growing business and $7,755 of operating expenses for Audiovox Europe which was acquired in the third quarter of fiscal 2003. In addition, direct labor costs increased $1,771 as a result of increased production, primarily in the Electronics Group, and employee benefits increased $2,785 due to a payment made to certain Venezuela executives, increased profit sharing accruals and health care costs. The above increases were offset by a $4,318 decrease in bad debt
35
expense, primarily as a result of recoveries of former customers and improved credit worthiness of current customers as compared to the prior year. Operating income for fiscal 2003 was $21,803, compared to an operating loss of $14,076 in 2002.
Net Income (Loss)
As a result of new product introductions, a growing economy and improved gross profit margins, net income for fiscal 2003 was $11,239 compared to a net loss of $14,040 in fiscal 2002. Net income per share for fiscal 2003 was $0.51, basic and diluted compared to a net loss per share of $0.64 for fiscal 2002, basic and diluted.
Wireless Results
The following table sets forth for the fiscal years indicated certain statements of operations data for Wireless expressed as a percentage of net sales:
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales: | |||||||||||||
Wireless products | $ | 700,658 | 96.3 | % | $ | 787,297 | 97.7 | % | |||||
Activation commissions | 24,393 | 3.3 | 16,652 | 2.1 | |||||||||
Residual fees | 2,187 | 0.3 | 2,261 | 0.2 | |||||||||
Other | 420 | 0.1 | | | |||||||||
Total net sales | 727,658 | 100.0 | 806,210 | 100.0 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 14,291 | 2.0 | 37,977 | 4.7 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | |||||||||||||
Selling | 11,148 | 1.5 | 10,959 | 1.4 | |||||||||
General and administrative | 21,522 | 3.0 | 16,773 | 2.1 | |||||||||
Warehousing and technical support | 2,593 | 0.4 | 2,827 | 0.3 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 35,263 | 4.9 | 30,559 | 3.8 | |||||||||
Operating income (loss) | (20,972 | ) | (2.9 | ) | 7,418 | 0.9 | |||||||
Other expense | (3,934 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (1,801 | ) | (0.2 | ) | |||||
Pre-tax income (loss) | $ | (24,906 | ) | (3.4 | )% | $ | 5,617 | 0.7 | % | ||||
Wireless is composed of ACC and Quintex, both subsidiaries of the Company.
Net Sales
Net sales increased $78,552, or 10.8%, to $806,210 from fiscal 2002. Unit sales of wireless handsets decreased by approximately 293,000 units in fiscal 2003, or 5.9%, to approximately 4,657,000 units from 4,950,000 units in fiscal 2002. This decrease in unit sales was attributable to late introductions of new product and slower growth in the wireless industry, however, the average selling price of handsets increased to $163 per unit in fiscal 2003 from $136 per unit in fiscal 2002. This increase was due to higher selling prices of the newly-introduced digital flip phones with color screens, web-browsing and camera capability. The Company expects selling prices for digital phones to increase as enhancements in digital technology expand digital phone capabilities.
There was a decrease in sales incentives expense of $7,780, net of reversals of $1,137 as a result of late product introductions as compared to the prior year offset by a reduction in reversals for unclaimed sales incentives. In the prior year, the Company introduced a new phone which had a sales incentive program with a large customer that resulted in an increase of approximately $18,000 in sales incentives. Reversals for unclaimed sales incentives decreased $1,902 as compared to the prior year due
36
to an increase in claims of earned sales incentives from larger customers as compared to the prior year as the Company has focused more emphasis on this area. These sales incentive programs are expected to continue as the Company introduces new technology and products. Also, sales incentives will either increase or decrease based upon our competition and our customer demands.
Gross Profit
Gross profit margins increased to 4.7% as compared to 2.0% in 2002 as a result of the introduction of higher margin products, decreased sales incentive programs, lower inventory write-downs and decreased temporary personnel costs. During fiscal 2003, as compared to fiscal 2002, there was a decrease of $7,780 in sales incentive expense as a result of fewer new product introductions, net of reversals of $1,137.
For fiscal 2002, gross margins were negatively impacted by inventory write-downs of $13,823 or 1.9% compared to $2,817 or 0.3% in 2003. The write-downs recorded in 2003 were based upon open purchase orders from customers and selling prices as well as indications from our customers based upon current negotiations. The decrease in inventory write-downs was primarily due to Wireless maintaining lower inventory levels in fiscal 2003, which consisted primarily of newer products as compared to fiscal 2002. As compared to fiscal 2002, which had several products near the end of their respective life cycle, fiscal 2003 inventory levels consists primarily of newly-introduced products which achieved higher margins as compared to the prior year. At November 30, 2003, the Company had on hand approximately 15,600 units of previously written-down inventory which, after write-down, had an approximate extended value of $800. The Company plans to sell these items to its existing customers during the next year. A majority of the units that were previously written-down in fiscal 2002 have been sold. The remaining balance of inventory previously written-down in fiscal 2002 is not material and will be sold in the next fiscal year. None of this inventory was scrapped. The Company expects that as new products are introduced, existing models on hand are effected by price competition from our competitors and demand by our customers, it could experience additional write-downs in the future.
Temporary personnel costs decreased $1,904 due to Wireless maintaining less inventory on hand during fiscal 2003, which resulted in fewer software upgrades being performed as compared to the prior year. Gross margins were favorably impacted by reimbursement from a vendor for software upgrades performed on inventory sold of $1,331 and $557 for fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively. Without this reimbursement, gross margins would have been lower by 0.2% and 0.1% for fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively. In addition, the Company has recorded price protection of $27,683 and $13,031 for fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively, from a vendor for certain inventory, recorded as a reduction to cost of sales as the related inventory was sold. Without this price protection, gross profit margins would have been lower by 4.5% and 1.6% for fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses decreased $4,704 in fiscal 2003 from fiscal 2002. As a percentage of net sales operating expenses decreased to 3.8% during fiscal 2003 compared to 4.8% in fiscal 2002. Excluding the $3,200 bonus provision recorded in connection with the Toshiba transaction in 2002 (see Note 3) and $3,492 decrease in bad debt expense (see discussion below), operating expenses would have increased $1,988 or 7.0% in fiscal 2003 from fiscal 2002.
Selling expenses decreased $189 in fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002, primarily as a result of:
37
General and administrative expenses decreased $4,749 in fiscal 2003 compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of:
Warehousing and technical support expenses increased $234 for fiscal 2003 from 2002, primarily as a result of:
Numerous other individually insignificant fluctuations account for the remaining net change in operating expenses.
Pre-tax Income (Loss)
As a result of the increase in sales due to new product introductions, less inventory write-downs and a reduction in operating expenses, pre-tax income for fiscal 2003 was $5,617, compared to a pre-tax loss of $24,906 for fiscal 2002.
Management believes that the wireless industry is extremely competitive and that this competition could affect gross margins and the carrying value of inventories in the future as new competitors enter the marketplace. The Company competes against suppliers with significantly greater financial resources and who are able to offer more extensive advertising and greater promotions than the Company does. This pressure from increased competition is further enhanced by the consolidation of many of Wireless' customers into a smaller group, dominated by only a few, large customers. Also, timely delivery and carrier acceptance of new product could affect our quarterly performance. Our suppliers have to continually add new products in order for Wireless to improve its margins and gain market share. These new products require extensive testing and software development which could delay entry into the market and affect our sales in the future. In addition, given the anticipated emergence of new technologies in the wireless industry, the Company will need to sell existing inventory quantities of current technologies to avoid further write-downs to market.
38
Electronics Results
The following table sets forth for the fiscal years indicated certain statements of income data for the Electronics Group expressed as a percentage of net sales:
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales: | |||||||||||||
Mobile electronics | $ | 229,327 | 61.5 | % | $ | 294,519 | 56.9 | % | |||||
Sound | 56,281 | 15.1 | 78,413 | 15.1 | |||||||||
Consumer electronics | 86,472 | 23.2 | 144,240 | 27.9 | |||||||||
Other | 644 | 0.2 | 520 | 0.1 | |||||||||
Total net sales | 372,724 | 100.0 | 517,692 | 100.0 | |||||||||
Gross profit |
60,037 |
16.1 |
85,985 |
16.6 |
|||||||||
Operating expenses |
|||||||||||||
Selling | 15,944 | 4.3 | 22,159 | 4.3 | |||||||||
General and administrative | 23,300 | 6.2 | 30,981 | 6.0 | |||||||||
Warehousing and technical support | 1,137 | 0.3 | 2,760 | 0.5 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 40,381 | 10.8 | 55,900 | 10.8 | |||||||||
Operating income | 19,656 | 5.3 | 30,085 | 5.8 | |||||||||
Other expense | (1,927 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (545 | ) | (0.1 | ) | |||||
Pre-tax income | $ | 17,729 | 4.8 | % | $ | 29,540 | 5.7 | % | |||||
Net Sales
Net sales increased $144,968, or 38.9%, to $517,692 from net sales of $372,724 in fiscal 2002. Sales of Audiovox Europe accounted for $26,377, or 18.2%, of this increase as a result of the Recoton acquisition (see Note 6). Mobile electronics sales increased $65,192 (28.4%) during 2003 from 2002. Sales of Mobile Video within the Mobile Electronics category increased over 38% in fiscal 2003 from fiscal 2002 as a result of the introduction of new video digital product, satellite radio and navigation products. Consumer Electronics increased $57,768 (66.8%) to $144,240 in fiscal 2003 from $86,472 in fiscal 2002, primarily in sales of DVD/video-in-a-bag and portable DVD players. Sound sales also increased as a result of the Jensen®, Magnate®, Mac Audio®, Heco®, Acoustic Research® and Advent®, trademarks which usage right was acquired during the Recoton acquisition. This increase in sound was partially offset by a change in the marketplace as fully-featured sound systems are being incorporated into vehicles at the factory rather than being sold in the aftermarket. This declining trend in fully-featured sound systems is expected to continue, offset by the Jensen acquisitions and increased sales in the satellite radio product line.
There was an increase in sales incentives expense of $7,915, net of reversals of $1,803, to $14,080, due to higher sales volume. The increase in sales resulted in an increase in sales incentives as many sales incentive programs are based on a percentage of sales. These sales incentive programs are expected to continue and will either increase or decrease based upon competition and customer demands. Net sales in the Company's Malaysian subsidiary decreased $4,844 (41.6%) from last year primarily from lower OEM business. The Company's Venezuelan subsidiary experienced a decrease of $6,160 (68.1%) in sales from last year, due to the temporary closing of the offices due to the impact of economic and political instability in the country. These decreases were offset by additional sales from Audiovox Europe of $26,377 since the acquisition of Recoton on July 8, 2003.
39
Gross profit margins increased to 16.6% in fiscal 2003 from 16.1% in fiscal 2002. This increase was due to margins achieved in Audiovox Europe from Jensen®, Magnate®, Mac Audio®, Heco®, Acoustic Research® and Advent® products as well as an increase in Code-Alarm margins due to a decline in production and warranty costs. This increase was offset by an increase in the sales of video products sold through consumer channels, which carry a lower gross margin as opposed to other product lines. In addition, there was a $7,915 increase in sales incentive expense, net of reversals of $1,803, due to higher sales volume.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $15,519 in fiscal 2003, a 38.4% increase compared to fiscal 2002. The AEC group (Audiovox Electronics, Code-Alarm and American Radio) accounted for $7,735 or 49.8% of the fiscal 2003 increase. The international group (Audiovox Europe, Malaysia and Venezuela) accounted for $7,784 or 50.2% of the fiscal 2003 increase which was primarily due to the Recoton acquisition. As a percentage of net sales, operating expenses remained consistent at 10.8%.
Selling expenses increased $6,215 during fiscal 2003 of which $3,761 and $2,454 was attributable to the AEC group and international group, respectively.
General and administrative expenses increased $7,681 during fiscal 2003 of which $2,405 and $5,276 was attributable to the AEC group and international group, respectively.
40
Warehouse and technical support increased $1,623 or 142.7%. This increase was primarily due to a $1,385 increase in direct labor and payroll taxes due to the hiring of additional employees and includes $583 of Audiovox Europe expenses. In addition, the increase in warehouse and technical support is due to the hiring of additional engineers as the increase in sales volume has resulted in the Company providing added customer service. Furthermore, overseas buying office expenses increased $472 as a result of increased costs associated with operating this office.
Numerous other individually insignificant fluctuations account for the remaining net change in operating expenses.
Pre-tax Income (Loss)
As a result of increased sales due to new product introductions and the Recoton acquisition, increased gross profit, offset by increased operating expenses, pre-tax income for fiscal 2003 was $29,540, compared to $17,729 for fiscal 2002.
The Company believes that the Electronics Group has an expanding market with a certain level of volatility related to both domestic and international new car sales and general economic conditions. Also, all of its products are subject to price fluctuations which could affect the carrying value of inventories and gross margins in the future.
Consolidated Other Income and Expense
Interest expense and bank charges increased $383 during fiscal 2003 from fiscal 2002, primarily due to interest incurred on German debt acquired as a result of the Recoton acquisition, offset by lower average borrowings from the Company's primary credit facility during fiscal 2003.
Equity in income of equity investees increased $1,500 for fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002. The majority of the increase was due to an increase in the equity income of ASA as a result of improved gross margins achieved in marine industry sales.
Other expenses decreased as a result of foreign exchange translation in our Venezuelan subsidiary due to the decreased devaluation of the Venezuelan currency against the U.S. Dollar as compared to fiscal 2002. Specifically, foreign exchange losses were $850 in fiscal 2003 compared to $2,819 in 2002. In addition, in fiscal 2002, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment for investment in common stock of Shintom Co., Ltd. of $1,158 compared to $21 in fiscal 2003. Included in other expenses for fiscal 2003 is a $620 settlement of an administrative agency investigation involving alleged reimbursement of a fixed nominal amount of federal campaign contributions during the years 1995 through 1996.
In fiscal 2002, the Company also recognized a gain of $14,269 on the sale of ACC shares to Toshiba (Note 3) which did not recur in fiscal 2003.
Minority interest income decreased $5,445 compared to fiscal 2002, primarily due to Wireless recording net income in fiscal 2003 as compared to a net loss in fiscal 2002.
Consolidated Provision for Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for 2002 was an expense of 202.0% as compared to the effective tax rate for 2003 which was an expense of 44.7%. The decrease in the effective tax rate is principally due to the Company recording an additional valuation allowance for wireless deferred taxes in fiscal 2002, which did not recur in fiscal 2003. Effective May 29, 2002, the Company's ownership in the Wireless Group was decreased to 75% (see Note 3). As such, the Company now files two consolidated U.S. Federal tax returns, one for the Wireless Group and one for the Electronics Group. As a result, the realizability of the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets are assessed on a stand-alone basis. The Company's Wireless Group has incurred cumulative losses in recent years and therefore based upon these cumulative losses
41
and other material factors (including the Wireless Group's inability to reasonably and accurately estimate future operating and taxable income based upon the volatility of their historical operations), the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that some of the benefits of the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets and carryforwards will expire unused, accordingly, the Company has recorded an additional valuation allowance of $13,090 during fiscal year ended November 30, 2002 related to the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance relates principally to the deferred tax assets of the Wireless segment, which has recorded cumulative losses in recent years, and to certain state net operating losses which the Company has determined are more likely than not to expire unused. During November 30, 2003, the valuation allowance was reduced by $641 due to a reduction in various temporary differences.
Fiscal 2001 Compared to Fiscal 2002
Consolidated Results
Net Sales
Net sales for fiscal 2002 were $1,100,382, a 13.8% decrease from net sales of $1,276,591 in fiscal 2001. Wireless Group sales were $727,658 in fiscal year 2002, a 25.7% decrease from sales of $978,888 in fiscal 2001. Unit sales of wireless handsets decreased 29.3% to approximately 4,950,000 units in fiscal 2002 from approximately 7,000,000 units in fiscal 2001. However, the average selling price of the Company's handsets increased to $136 per unit in fiscal 2002 from $127 per unit in fiscal 2001 as a result of new product introductions. Wireless sales were impacted by late introductions of new products by its vendor, delays in acceptances testing by our customers and slower growth in the wireless industry.
Electronics Group sales were $372,724 in fiscal 2002, a 25.2% increase from sales of $297,702 in fiscal 2001. This increase was largely due to increased sales in the mobile video and consumer electronics product lines as newer digital video products were offered to our customers. Offsetting some of this increase were sound sales, which continue to decline given the change in the marketplace as fully-featured sound systems are being incorporated into vehicles at the factory rather than being sold in the aftermarket. This declining trend in sound systems is expected to continue except in the satellite radio product line. Sales by the Company's international subsidiaries decreased 21.5% in fiscal 2002 to approximately $21,971 due to a 39.2% decrease in Venezuela due to political and economic instability and a 7.4% decrease in Malaysia as a result of lower OEM sales. Sales were also impacted by increased sales incentives of $23,035, primarily in the Wireless Group.
Gross Profit
Gross profit margin for fiscal 2002 was 6.8%, compared to 5.6% in fiscal 2001. However, this increase in profit margin resulted primarily from lower inventory write-downs to market of $6,827 in 2002 compared to 2001. During fiscal 2002, there was no significant impact to our gross profit margins on the subsequent sale of previously written-down inventory. There was also a change in the mix of sales from Wireless product sales to Electronics product sales, which carry a higher gross margin. Wireless margins were impacted by late product introductions by its suppliers. This trend of late product introductions continues to have a major effect on the gross margins of the Wireless Group. Margins declined to 16.1% from 16.5% in the Electronics Group. Consolidated gross margins were also adversely impacted by increased sales incentives, principally in the Wireless Group. Further trends in the operations will be discussed in detail in each individual marketing group MD&A discussion.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $8,049 to $88,675 in fiscal 2002, compared to $80,626 in fiscal 2001. As a percentage of net sales, operating expenses increased to 8.1% in fiscal 2002 from 6.3% in fiscal 2001. Major components of this increase were compensation expenses of $3,200 related to the sale of ACC shares to Toshiba and the impact of Code acquisition (Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
42
Statements) of $1,852. Additionally, bad debt expenses increased $2,948 principally in the Wireless Group as a result of economic conditions in South America and increased insurance expense, particularly with general liability insurance, of $1,167. This increase in operating expenses was partially offset by reductions in employee benefits expense of $1,332 due to reduced bonuses and lower health care costs. Operating loss for fiscal 2002 was $14,076, compared to operating loss of $9,236 in 2001.
Net Loss
Net loss for fiscal 2002 was $14,040 compared to net loss of $7,198 in fiscal 2001. Loss per share for fiscal 2002 was $0.64, basic and diluted compared to $0.33 for fiscal 2001, basic and diluted.
Wireless Results
The following table sets forth for the fiscal years indicated certain statements of operations data for Wireless expressed as a percentage of net sales:
|
2001(1) |
2002 |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales: | |||||||||||||
Wireless products | $ | 948,921 | 96.9 | % | $ | 700,658 | 96.3 | % | |||||
Activation commissions | 26,879 | 2.8 | 24,393 | 3.3 | |||||||||
Residual fees | 2,396 | 0.2 | 2,187 | 0.3 | |||||||||
Other | 692 | 0.1 | 420 | 0.1 | |||||||||
Total net sales | 978,888 | 100.0 | 727,658 | 100.0 | |||||||||
Gross profit |
21,980 |
2.2 |
14,291 |
2.0 |
|||||||||
Operating expenses |
|||||||||||||
Selling | 13,108 | 1.3 | 11,148 | 1.5 | |||||||||
General and administrative | 16,077 | 1.6 | 21,522 | 3.0 | |||||||||
Warehousing and technical support | 2,761 | 0.3 | 2,593 | 0.4 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 31,946 | 3.2 | 35,263 | 4.9 | |||||||||
Operating loss | (9,966 | ) | (1.0 | ) | (20,972 | ) | (2.9 | ) | |||||
Other expense | (7,690 | ) | (0.8 | ) | (3,934 | ) | (0.5 | ) | |||||
Pre-tax loss | $ | (17,656 | ) | (1.8 | )% | $ | (24,906 | ) | (3.4 | )% | |||
Wireless is composed of ACC and Quintex, both subsidiaries of the Company.
Net Sales
Net sales were $727,658 in fiscal 2002, a decrease of $251,230, or 25.7%, from fiscal 2001. Unit sales of wireless handsets decreased by 2,050,000 units in fiscal 2002, or 29.3%, to approximately 4,950,000 units from 7,000,000 units in fiscal 2001. This decrease was attributable to decreased sales of digital handsets due to delayed new product introductions, longer testing cycles required by our customers and overall lower demand for wireless products. The average selling price of handsets, however, increased to $136 per unit in fiscal 2002 from $127 per unit in fiscal 2001. This increase was due to higher selling prices of the newly-introduced 1X digital products.
Sales incentives expense increased $20,845 (net of reversals) compared to 2001 due to increased sales incentive programs and a reduction in the reversals for unclaimed sales incentives. In connection with the introduction of the new 1X phones, one sales incentive program with a large customer resulted in an increase of $18,000 in sales incentives. The reversals for unclaimed sales incentives decreased by
43
$2,374 in fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001 for Wireless due to more of the Company's larger customers claiming earned sales incentives as compared to prior periods. These sales incentive programs are expected to continue and will either increase or decrease based upon competition and customer demands.
Gross Profit
Gross profit margins remained essentially unchanged at 2.0% vs. 2.2% in 2001 due to the sales of new, higher margin products and lower inventory write-downs, offset by increased sales incentive programs. The Company expects due to market conditions, competition and customer concentration, it could experience increased sales incentives expense in the future. Inventory write-downs were $20,650 in 2001 compared to $13,823 in 2002. The write-downs recorded in 2002 were a result of the reduction of selling prices primarily related to older model, digital hand-held phones and other wireless products in anticipation of newer digital technologies. At November 30, 2002, the Company had on hand approximately 630,000 units of previously written-down inventory which, after write-down, had an extended value of approximately $84,638. The new technology that was introduced during the second quarter of 2002 was 1XXT and GPS phones. In addition to inventory write-downs recorded in previous quarters, the Company determined the valuation of the older technology digital models on hand as of November 30, 2002 by reviewing open purchase orders from customers and selling prices subsequent to the balance sheet date as well as indications from customers based upon current negotiations. A majority of the units that were previously written-down in fiscal 2001 have been sold. The remaining balance of inventory previously written-down in fiscal 2001 is not material and none of this inventory was scrapped. The Company expects that, due to market conditions and customer consolidation, it could experience additional write-downs in the future.
Gross margins were favorably impacted by reimbursement from a vendor for software upgrades performed on inventory sold of $1,615 and $1,331 for fiscal 2001 and 2002, respectively. Without this reimbursement, gross margins would have been lower by 0.1% and 0.2% for fiscal 2001 and 2002, respectively. The Company has received price protection of $4,550 and $32,643 for fiscal 2001 and 2002, respectively, from a vendor for certain inventory, of which $4,550 and $27,683 was recorded as a reduction to cost of sales, as related inventory was sold. The other $4,960 in price protection for 2002 has been reflected as a reduction to the remaining inventory cost. Without this price protection, gross profit margins would have been lower by 0.5% and 4.5% for fiscal 2001 and 2002, respectively. The Company has an agreement with its vendor for additional future price protection with respect to specific inventory items, if needed.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $3,317 in fiscal 2002 from fiscal 2001. As a percentage of net sales operating expenses increased to 4.8% during fiscal 2002 compared to 3.3% in fiscal 2001.
Selling expenses decreased $1,960 in fiscal 2002 from fiscal 2001, primarily in commissions of $2,246 from reduced sales in Mexico, $587 from reduced sales in Europe and the balance from lower over-all commissionable sales. Travel and entertainment decreased $126 due to a reduction in the sales force and less international travel. These decreases were partially offset by increases in advertising and trade show expense of $498 primarily due to increased sales promotions and broadcast media advertising of $274. Numerous other individually insignificant fluctuations account for the remaining net change in selling expenses.
General and administrative expenses increased $5,445 in fiscal 2002 from fiscal 2001, primarily in salaries of $2,818 due to $3,200 bonus payments associated with the Toshiba transaction (Note 3), insurance expense of $681 due to increased insurance premiums for general liability coverage, occupancy costs of $128 due to increased rent, real estate taxes and utilities, bad debt expense of $2,853 primarily due to two accounts in Venezuela and Argentina as a result of the political and
44
economic conditions and one account in the United States for slow payment. The Company does not consider this a trend in the overall accounts receivable. Depreciation and amortization increased $236 due to purchase of additional testing equipment as new 1X product is being introduced. These increases were partially offset by decreases in travel and entertainment of $193 due to less salesmen traveling as a result of lower sales and a reduced budget for travel and entertainment, employee benefits of $634 as a result of reduction in profit bonus and reductions in health plan costs due to improved claim experience and licenses of $466 due to a non-recurring licensing fee.
Warehousing and technical support expenses decreased $168 in fiscal 2002 from fiscal 2001, primarily in direct labor, taxes and benefits of $130 and overseas buying offices of $107 due to lower expenses in the buying offices in South Korea as a result of reduced sales. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in travel of $69 due to increased travel for product compliance testing. Numerous other individually insignificant fluctuations in various categories account for the remaining net change in operating expenses.
Pre-tax Loss
Pre-tax loss for fiscal 2002 was $24,906, compared to $17,656 for fiscal 2001.
Management believes that the wireless industry is extremely competitive and that this competition could affect gross margins and the carrying value of inventories in the future as new competitors enter the marketplace. This pressure from increased competition is further enhanced by the consolidation of many of Wireless' customers into a smaller group, dominated by only a few, large customers. Also, timely delivery and carrier acceptance of new product could affect our quarterly performance. These new products require extensive testing and software development which could delay entry into the market and affect our sales in the future. In addition, given the anticipated emergence of new technologies in the wireless industry, the Company will need to sell existing inventory quantities of current technologies to avoid further write-downs to market.
Electronics Results
The following table sets forth for the fiscal years indicated certain statements of income data for the Electronics Group expressed as a percentage of net sales:
|
2001(1) |
2002 |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales: | |||||||||||||
Mobile electronics | $ | 157,706 | 53.0 | % | $ | 229,327 | 61.5 | % | |||||
Sound | 57,456 | 19.3 | 56,281 | 15.1 | |||||||||
Consumer electronics | 80,380 | 27.0 | 86,472 | 23.2 | |||||||||
Other | 2,160 | 0.7 | 644 | 0.2 | |||||||||
Total net sales | 297,702 | 100.0 | 372,724 | 100.0 | |||||||||
Gross profit |
49,088 |
16.5 |
60,037 |
16.1 |
|||||||||
Operating expenses |
|||||||||||||
Selling | 14,449 | 4.9 | 15,944 | 4.3 | |||||||||
General and administrative | 19,547 | 6.6 | 23,300 | 6.2 | |||||||||
Warehousing and technical support | 1,134 | 0.3 | 1,137 | 0.3 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 35,130 | 11.8 | 40,381 | 10.8 | |||||||||
Operating income | 13,958 | 4.7 | 19,656 | 5.3 | |||||||||
Other expense | (178 | ) | (0.1 | ) | (1,927 | ) | (0.5 | ) | |||||
Pre-tax income |
$ |
13,780 |
4.6 |
% |
$ |
17,729 |
4.8 |
% |
|||||
45
Net sales were $372,724 in fiscal 2002, a 25.2% increase from net sales of $297,702 in fiscal 2001. Mobile and consumer electronics' sales increased over last year, partially offset by a decrease in Sound and other. Mobile electronics increased $71,621 (45.4%) during 2002 from 2001. Sales of Mobile Video within the Mobile Electronics category increased over 59% in fiscal 2002 from fiscal 2001 as a result of the introduction of new video digital product, satellite radio and navigation products. Consumer Electronics increased $6,092 (7.6%) to $86,472 in fiscal 2002 from $80,380 in fiscal 2001, primarily in sales of video-in-a-bag and portable DVD players. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the sound category, particularly AV and Prestige® audio lines. Given change in the marketplace, fully-featured sound systems are being incorporated into vehicles at the factory rather than being sold in the aftermarket. This declining trend in sound systems is expected to continue except in the satellite radio product line.
Sales incentives expense increased $2,190 (net of reversals) due to an increase in sales as compared to the prior year in the consumer goods category, which requires more promotion support. As many sales incentive programs are based on a percentage of sales, the increase in sales resulted in an increase in sales incentives.
Net sales in the Company's Malaysian subsidiary decreased from last year by approximately $933 (7.4%) primarily from lower OEM business. The Company's Venezuelan subsidiary experienced a decrease of $5,823 (39.2%) in sales from last year, primarily from lower OEM business and the impact of economic and political instability in the country.
Gross Profit
Gross profit margins decreased to 16.1% in fiscal 2002 from 16.5% in fiscal 2001 despite an increase in sales. The gross margin decreased in Sound, partially offset by an increase in Mobile Electronics and international operations. Also affecting margins was the integration of Code-Alarm into the Electronics Group (see Note 6). During 2002, the Company was in the process of converting Code from their own domestic manufacturing to having products produced by overseas vendors. As a result, Code's gross margins were significantly lower than other product lines in the Electronics Group. Lower margins from Code were partially offset by higher margins in new models of consumer and mobile electronics. This integration of Code has been completed.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $5,251 in fiscal 2002, a 14.9% increase from operating expenses in fiscal 2001. As a percentage of net sales, operating expenses decreased to 10.8% during fiscal 2002 compared to 11.8% in fiscal 2001.
Selling expenses increased $1,495 during fiscal 2002, primarily in commissions of $911 due to increased commissionable sales in the video and consumer goods product categories, which has a different commission rate structure and grew faster than other product groups, salaries of $598 primarily due to Code, a new company, newly hired international salesmen and travel and entertainment of $144 due to increased travel to support increased business both in the Segment's core business and its two subsidiaries, American Radio and Code. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $262 in advertising and trade shows.
General and administrative expenses increased $3,753 from fiscal 2001, mostly in salaries of $1,713 primarily due to Code, increased bonuses due to sales increases and increased head count, travel and entertainment of $234 due to additional business and acquisitions, office expenses of $122 due to increased use of employment agencies, for additional staff to support sales growth, equipment repair of $101 due to increased maintenance of office equipment, insurance expense of $378 due to higher
46
premiums on general liability and Ocean Cargo as shipments and sales have increased, professional fees of $589 due to litigation expenses related to royalties and other matters and increased use of consulting services related to a new customer's navigation system, occupancy costs of $260 due to relocation of the display department to another separate facility, bad debt expense of $311 due to non-payment by an international customer, which is not indicative of a trend, and depreciation and amortization of $163 due to general expansion of the facilities to support the growing operations. These increases were partially offset by decreases in equipment rentals of $111 due to the elimination of certain office machines.
Warehousing and technical support expenses remained essentially unchanged at $1,137 in fiscal 2002 from fiscal 2001 compared to $1,134 in fiscal 2002.
Pre-tax Income
Pre-tax income for fiscal 2002 was $17,729, compared to $13,780 for fiscal 2001.
The Company believes that the Electronics Group has an expanding market with a certain level of volatility related to both domestic and international new car sales and general economic conditions. Also, all of its products are subject to price fluctuations which could affect the carrying value of inventories and gross margins in the future.
Consolidated Other Income and Expense
Interest expense and bank charges decreased $1,703 during fiscal 2002 from fiscal 2001, primarily due to lower interest rates on lower borrowing levels.
Equity in income of equity investees decreased by approximately $1,807 for fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001. The majority of the decrease was due to a decrease in the equity income of ASA due to a general slow down in the market for their products.
Other expenses increased as a result of foreign exchange translation in our Venezuelan subsidiary as a result of the devaluation of the Venezuelan currency against the U.S. Dollar and the effects of the change from hyper-inflationary accounting for foreign exchange translation to non-hyper-inflationary accounting in fiscal 2002. During fiscal 2001, the Company accounted for foreign exchange translation in its Venezuelan subsidiary under hyper-inflationary method. The foreign exchange losses were $333 in 2001 and $2,819 in 2002.
In addition, in fiscal 2002, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment for investment in common stock of Shintom Co., Ltd. of $1,158 and recognized a gain of $14,269 on the sale of ACC shares to Toshiba (Note 3).
Consolidated Provision for Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for 2001 was a (benefit) of (31.6%) as compared to the effective tax rate for 2002 which was an expense of 202.0%. The increase in the effective tax rate is principally due to the increase in valuation allowance, relating to various deferred tax assets. Effective May 29, 2002, the Company's ownership in the Wireless Group was decreased to 75% (see Note 3). As such, the Company now files two consolidated U.S. Federal tax returns, one for the Wireless Group and one for the Electronics Group. As a result, the realizability of the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets are assessed on a stand-alone basis. The Company's Wireless Group has incurred cumulative losses in recent years and therefore based upon these cumulative losses and other material factors (including the Wireless Group's inability to reasonably and accurately estimate future operating and taxable income based upon the volatility of their historical operations), the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that some of the benefits of the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets and carryforwards will expire unused, accordingly, the Company has recorded an additional valuation allowance of $13,090
47
during fiscal year ended November 30, 2002 related to the Wireless Group's deferred tax assets. The increase in the valuation allowance relates principally to the deferred tax assets of the Wireless segment, which has recorded cumulative losses in recent years, and to certain state net operating losses which the Company has determined are more likely than not to expire unused.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company has historically financed its operations primarily through a combination of available borrowings under bank lines of credit and debt and equity offerings. The amount of financing is dependent primarily on the collection of accounts receivable and purchase of inventory. As of November 30, 2003, the Company had working capital of $304,354, which includes cash of $4,702 compared with working capital of $292,687 at November 30, 2002, which includes cash of $2,758.
Operating activities provided cash of $24,070 and $28,996 in fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively. Net income provided $11,239 for operating activities in fiscal 2003.
The following significant fluctuations in the balance sheet impacted cash flow from operations:
Investing activities used $40,319, primarily as a result of the following:
Financing activities provided $12,965, primarily due to debt proceeds received as a result of the Recoton acquisition (see Note 6), offset by net repayments of bank obligations.
The Company's Board of Directors approved the repurchase of 1,563,000 shares of the Company's Class A common stock in the open market under a share repurchase program (the Program). No shares were purchased under the Program during fiscal 2003. As of November 30, 2002 and 2003, 1,072,737 shares were repurchased under the Program at an average price of $7.93 per share for an aggregate amount of $8,511.
The Company's principal source of liquidity is its revolving credit agreement, which expires July 27, 2004. The Company is currently negotiating with the bank to extend this agreement for an additional
48
three years. At November 30, 2003, the credit agreement provided for $150,000 of available credit, including $10,000 for foreign currency borrowings. An amendment to the credit agreement reduced its credit availability from $200,000 to $150,000 during the third quarter of 2003 as a result of the Company's working capital position and current anticipated borrowing requirements. The foreign currency borrowing sublimit was simultaneously reduced from $15,000 to $10,000.
Under the credit agreement, the Company may obtain credit through direct borrowings and letters of credit. The obligations of the Company under the credit agreement are guaranteed by certain of the Company's subsidiaries and are secured by accounts receivable, inventory and the Company's shares of ACC. The Company's ability to borrow under its credit facility is a maximum aggregate amount of $150,000, subject to certain conditions, based upon a formula taking into account the amount and quality of its accounts receivable and inventory. The credit agreement contains several covenants requiring, among other things, minimum levels of pre-tax income and minimum levels of net worth. Additionally, the agreement includes restrictions and limitations on payments of dividends, stock repurchases and capital expenditures. At November 30, 2003, the amount of unused available credit is $109,184. The credit agreement also allows for commitments up to $50,000 in forward exchange contracts. The continued availability of this financing is dependent upon the Company's operating results which would be negatively impacted by a decrease in demand for the Company's products.
At November 30, 2002, the Company was not in compliance with certain of its pre-tax income covenants. Furthermore, as of November 30, 2002, the Company was also not in compliance with the requirement to deliver audited financial statements 90 days after the Company's fiscal year end, and as of February 28, 2003, the requirement to deliver unaudited quarterly financial statements 45 days after the Company's quarter end and had not received a waiver. Accordingly, the Company recorded its outstanding domestic bank obligations of $36,883 in current liabilities at November 30, 2002.
Subsequent to November 30, 2002, the Company repaid its fiscal 2002 obligation of $36,883 in full and borrowed additional funds during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, resulting in domestic bank obligations outstanding at November 30, 2003 of $31,709. The Company subsequently obtained a waiver for the November 30, 2002 and February 28, 2003 violations. The Company was in compliance with all its bank covenants at November 30, 2003. While the Company has historically been able to obtain waivers for such violations, there can be no assurance that future negotiations with its lenders would be successful or that the Company will not violate covenants in the future, therefore, resulting in amounts outstanding to be payable upon demand.
The Company also has revolving credit facilities in Malaysia and Germany to finance additional working capital needs. The obligations of the Company under the Malaysian credit facilities are secured by the property and building in Malaysia owned by Audiovox Communications Sdn. Bhd. As of November 30, 2003, the available line of credit for direct borrowing, letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and other forms of credit approximated $3,600. The Malaysian credit facilities are partially secured by the Company under three standby letters of credit of $800 each and are payable on demand or upon expiration of the standby letters of credit, which expire in January, July and July 2004, respectively.
The German credit facility consists of accounts receivable factoring up to 16,000 Euros and a working capital facility, secured by accounts receivable and inventory, up to 5,000 Euros. The facilities are renewable on an annual basis. On September 2, 2003, the Company's subsidiary, Audiovox Europe Holdings GmbH. borrowed 12 million Euros under a new term loan agreement to reimburse for acquisition costs with Recoton (see Note 12).
At November 30, 2003, the Company had additional outstanding standby letters of credit for insurance purposes aggregating $678 which expire on various dates from May to July 2004.
49
The Company has guaranteed the borrowings of one of its 50%-owned equity investees (GLM) at a maximum of $300. During the quarter ended May 31, 2003, the Company adopted FIN 45, "Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantors, Including Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" (FIN 45). The Company has not modified this guarantee after December 31, 2002. No liability has been recorded for this guarantee on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The Company has certain contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments which will impact its short and long-term liquidity. At November 30, 2003, such obligations and commitments are as follows:
|
Payments Due By Period |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Contractual Cash Obligations |
Total |
Less than 1 Year |
1-3 Years |
4-5 Years |
Over 5 Years |
|||||||||||
Capital lease obligations(1) | $ | 13,652 | $ | 553 | $ | 1,113 | $ | 1,157 | $ | 10,829 | ||||||
Operating leases(2) | 14,340 | 3,946 | 6,040 | 4,166 | 188 | |||||||||||
Total contractual cash obligations | $ | 27,992 | $ | 4,499 | $ | 7,153 | $ | 5,323 | $ | 11,017 | ||||||
|
Amount of Commitment Expiration per period |
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Other Commercial Commitments |
Total Amounts Committed |
Less than 1 Year |
1-3 Years |
4-5 Years |
Over 5 years |
|||||||||
Lines of credit(3) | $ | 39,940 | $ | 39,940 | | | | |||||||
Standby letters of credit(3) | 3,078 | 3,078 | | | | |||||||||
Guarantees(4) | 300 | 300 | | | | |||||||||
Debt(5) | 21,722 | 3,433 | $ | 5,258 | $ | 13,031 | | |||||||
Commercial letters of credit(3) | 2,541 | 2,541 | | | | |||||||||
Total commercial commitments | $ | 67,581 | $ | 49,292 | $ | 5,258 | $ | 13,031 | | |||||
The Company regularly reviews its cash funding requirements and attempts to meet those requirements through a combination of cash on hand, cash provided by operations, available borrowings under bank lines of credit and possible future public or private debt and/or equity offerings. At times, the Company evaluates possible acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses that are complementary to those of the Company, which transaction may require the use of cash. The Company believes that its cash, other liquid assets, operating cash flows, credit arrangements, access to equity capital markets, taken together, provide adequate resources to fund ongoing operating expenditures. In the event that they do not, the Company may require additional funds in the future to support its working capital requirements or for other purposes and may seek to raise such additional funds through the sale of public or private equity and/or debt financings as well as from other sources. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available in the future or that if available, such financing will be obtainable on terms favorable to the Company when required.
50
Related Party Transactions
The Company has entered into several related party transactions which are described below.
Leasing Transactions
During 1998, the Company entered into a 30-year capital lease for a building with its principal stockholder and chief executive officer, which is the headquarters of the Wireless operation. Payments on the lease were based upon the construction costs of the building and the then-current interest rates. The effective interest rate on the capital lease obligation is 8%. In connection with the capital lease, the Company paid certain costs on behalf of its principal stockholder and chief executive officer in the amount of $1,301. During 2001 and 2002, the entire balance of $1,301 was repaid to the Company.
During 1998, the Company entered into a sale/leaseback transaction with its principal stockholder and chief executive officer for $2,100 of equipment, which has been classified as an operating lease. The lease is a five-year lease with monthly payments of $34 and has been extended for an additional two years. No gain or loss was recorded on the transaction as the book value of the equipment equaled the fair market value.
The Company also leases certain facilities from its principal stockholder. Rentals for such leases are considered by management of the Company to approximate prevailing market rates. Total lease payments required under the leases for the five-year period ending November 30, 2008 are $5,224.
Amounts Due from Officers
A note due from an officer/director of the Company, which bore interest at the LIBOR rate, to be adjusted quarterly, plus 1.25% per annum, was paid in full during fiscal 2002. In addition, at November 30, 2002, the Company had outstanding notes due from various officers of the Company aggregating $235, which have been included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The notes bore interest at the LIBOR rate plus 0.5% per annum. Principal and interest were payable in equal annual installments beginning July 1, 1999 through July 1, 2003. The notes have been paid in full. In addition, no new notes with officers or directors of the Company have been entered into.
Transactions with Shintom and TALK
In April 2000, Audiovox Japan (AX Japan), a wholly-owned subsidiary, purchased land and a building (the Property) from Shintom Co., Ltd. (Shintom) for 770,000,000 Yen (approximately $7,300) and entered into a leaseback agreement whereby Shintom leased the Property from AX Japan for a one-year period. The lease was being accounted for as an operating lease by AX Japan. Shintom is a stockholder who owns all of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company and is a manufacturer of products purchased by the Company through its previously-owned equity investee, TALK Corporation (TALK). The Company currently holds stock in Shintom and has previously invested in Shintom convertible debentures.
The purchase of the Property by AX Japan was financed with a 500,000,000 Yen ($4,671) subordinated loan obtained from Vitec Co., Ltd. (Vitec), a 150,000,000 Yen loan ($1,397) from Pearl First (Pearl) and a 140,000,000 Yen loan ($1,291) from the Company. The land and building were included in property, plant and equipment, and the loans were recorded as notes payable on the balance sheet as of November 30, 2001. Changes arising from the fluctuations in the Yen exchange rate were reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Vitec is a major supplier to Shintom, and Pearl is an affiliate of Vitec. The loans bore interest at 5% per annum, and principle is payable in equal monthly installments over a six-month period beginning six months subsequent to the
51
date of the loans. The loans from Vitec and Pearl were subordinated completely to the loan from the Company and, in liquidation, the Company receives payment first.
Upon the expiration of six months after the transfer of the title to the Property to AX Japan, Shintom had the option to repurchase the Property or purchase all of the shares of stock of AX Japan. This option could be extended for one additional six month period. The option to repurchase the building was at a price of 770,000,000 Yen plus the equity capital of AX Japan (which in no event can be less than 60,000,000 Yen) and could only be made if Shintom settles any rent due AX Japan pursuant to the lease agreement. The option to purchase the shares of stock of AX Japan was at a price not less than the aggregate par value of the shares and, subsequent to the purchase of the shares, AX Japan must repay the outstanding loan due to the Company. If Shintom did not exercise its option to repurchase the Property or the shares of AX Japan, or upon occurrence of certain events, AX Japan could dispose of the Property as it deemed appropriate. The events which result in the ability of AX Japan to be able to dispose of the Property include Shintom petitioning for bankruptcy, failing to honor a check, failing to pay rent, etc. If Shintom failed, or at any time became financially or otherwise unable to exercise its option to repurchase the Property, Vitec had the option to repurchase the Property or purchase all of the shares of stock of AX Japan under similar terms as the Shintom options.
AX Japan had the option to delay the repayment of the loans for an additional six months if Shintom extended its options to repurchase the Property or stock of AX Japan. In September 2000, Shintom extended its option to repurchase the Property and AX Japan delayed its repayment of the loans for an additional six months.
In March 2001, upon the expiration of the additional six-month period, the Company and Shintom agreed to extend the lease for an additional one-year period. In addition, Shintom was again given the option to purchase the Property or shares of stock of AX Japan after the expiration of a six-month period or extend the option for one additional six-month period. AX Japan was also given the option to delay the repayment of the loans for an additional six months if Shintom extended its option for an additional six months.
In October 2002, the Company sold all of its shares in Audiovox Japan (AX Japan), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, to RMS Co., Ltd., an unrelated party to the Company. The purchase price of the shares was 60,000 Yen. As a result of this transaction, the purchaser repaid in full 113,563 Yen which represented the full balance of amounts then owed to the Company by AX Japan. The agreement required the purchaser to immediately change the name of AX Japan to RMS Co., Ltd., and the Company resigned from all officer and Board of Directors positions. The Company has no further relationship or obligations, whether contingent or direct, to RMS Co., Ltd., formerly known as AX Japan.
As a result of the completion of this transaction, all assets and liabilities of AX Japan have been removed from the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2002, specifically, the land and the building and the notes payable for the Vitec Co., Ltd (Vitec) 150,000 Yen loan and the Pearl First (Pearl) a 140,000 Yen loan. As a result of this transaction, the Company recovered in Yen its initial investment in AX Japan as well as its loan to finance the purchase of the land and building. However, the Company recognized a $338 loss on the sale of its shares in AX Japan, as the sales price was less than the value of the net assets of AX Japan sold to Vitec. Contributing to the loss on sale were foreign currency loss and other expenses that will not be recovered. The loss on the sale of the shares of AX Japan has been included in other net on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended November 30, 2002.
The Company engages in transactions with Shintom and TALK. TALK, which holds world-wide distribution rights for product manufactured by Shintom, has given the Company exclusive distribution rights on all wireless personal communication products for all countries except Japan, China, Thailand
52
and several mid-eastern countries. Through October 2000, the Company held a 30.8% interest in TALK. The Company no longer holds an equity interest in TALK.
Transactions with Shintom and TALK include financing arrangements and inventory purchases which approximated 1.5%, 0.7% and 0.1% for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, of total inventory purchases. At November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Company had recorded $331, $0 and $6, respectively, of liability due to TALK for inventory purchases included in accounts payable. At November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Company had recorded a receivable from TALK in the amount of $265, $13 and $0, respectively, a portion of which is payable with interest, which is reflected in receivable from vendors on the accompanying consolidated financial statements. During 2002, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,158 on the 634,666 Shintom shares owned at November 30, 2002.
Transactions with Toshiba
On March 31, 1999, Toshiba purchased 5% of the Company's subsidiary, ACC, a supplier of wireless products for $5,000 in cash. The Company then owned 95% of ACC; prior to the transaction ACC was a wholly-owned subsidiary. In February 2001, the Board of Directors of ACC, declared a dividend payable to its shareholders, Audiovox Corporation, a then 95% shareholder, and Toshiba, a then 5% shareholder. ACC paid Toshiba its share of the dividend, which approximated $1,034 in the first quarter of 2001. The dividend equaled 5.0% of ACC's prior year net income. There were no dividends declared during 2002, due to the net loss of ACC during 2001. During the second quarter of 2002, Toshiba purchased an additional 20% of ACC. Under the terms of the transaction, Toshiba acquired, in exchange for $23,900 cash, the additional shares of ACC. In addition, Toshiba paid $8,100 in exchange for an $8,100 convertible subordinated note (the Note) due from ACC. The Note bears interest at a per annum rate equal to 13/4% and interest is payable annually on May 31st of each year, commencing May 31, 2003. The unpaid principal amount shall be due and payable, together with all unpaid interest on May 31, 2007 which will automatically renew for an additional five years. In accordance with the provisions of the Note, Toshiba may, at any time, convert the balance of the Note into additional shares of ACC in order to maintain a 25% maximum interest in ACC. The cost per share of the note is equal to the per share cost for the $23,900 cash payment of 20% of ACC's shares.
In connection with the transaction, ACC and Toshiba entered into a distribution agreement whereby ACC will be Toshiba's exclusive distributor for the sale of Toshiba products in the United States, Canada, Mexico and all countries in the Caribbean and Central and South America through May 29, 2007. The distribution agreement established certain annual minimum purchase targets for ACC's purchase of Toshiba products for each fiscal year during the entire term of the agreement. In the event that ACC fails to meet the minimum purchase target, Toshiba shall have the right to convert ACC's exclusive distributorship to a non-exclusive distributorship for the remaining term of the agreement. Also, in accordance with the terms of the stockholders agreement, upon the termination of the distribution agreement in accordance with certain terms of the distribution agreement, Toshiba maintains a put right and Audiovox Corp. a call right, to repurchase all of the shares held by the other party for a price equal to the fair market value of the shares as calculated in accordance with the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the put right is only exercisable if ACC terminates the distribution agreement or if another strategic investor acquires a direct or indirect equity ownership interest in excess of 20% in the Company. The call right is only exercisable if Toshiba elects to terminate the distribution agreement after its initial five (5) year term.
Additionally in connection with the transaction, ACC entered into an employment agreement with the President and Chief Executive Officer (the Executive) of ACC through May 29, 2007. Under the agreement, ACC is required to pay the Executive an annual base salary of $500 in addition to an annual bonus equal to 2% of ACC's annual earnings before income taxes. Audiovox Corp., under the employment agreement, was required to establish and pay a bonus of $3,200 to key employees of ACC,
53
including the Executive, to be allocated by the Executive. The bonus was for services previously rendered in connection with the Toshiba purchase of additional shares of ACC, and, accordingly, the bonus has been included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations for the year ended November 30, 2002. The Executive was required to utilize all or a portion of the bonus allocated to him to repay the remaining outstanding principal and accrued interest owed by the Executive to the Company pursuant to the unsecured promissory note in favor of Audiovox Corp. During the year ended November 30, 2002, the Executive was paid $1,800 less the amount outstanding under the promissory note of $651.
As a result of the issuance of ACC's shares, the Company recognized a gain, net of expenses of $1,735, of $14,269 ($8,847 after provision for deferred taxes). The gain on the issuance of the subsidiary's shares has been recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Inventory on hand at November 30, 2002 and November 30, 2003 purchased from Toshiba approximated $138,467 and $22,405, respectively. At November 30, 2002, the Company recorded receivables from Toshiba aggregating approximately $12,219 primarily for price protection and software upgrades. At November 30, 2003, the Company recorded receivables from Toshiba aggregating approximately $709, primarily for software upgrades.
At November 30, 2003, the Company had inventory on hand in the amount of $18,841, which were purchased from Toshiba and have been recorded in inventory and accounts payable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The payment terms are such that the payable is non-interest bearing and is payable in accordance with the terms established in the distribution agreement, which is 30 days. On occasion, the Company is entitled to receive price protection in the event the selling price to its customers is less than the purchase price from Toshiba. The Company will record such price protection, if necessary, at the time of the sale of the units. The Company had no other amounts outstanding to Toshiba at November 30, 2003.
Impact of Inflation and Currency Fluctuation
Inflation has not had a significant impact on the Company's financial position or operating results other than the effect of our 80%-owned Venezuelan subsidiary ceasing to be considered a highly-inflationary economy in fiscal 2002. Venezuela was no longer deemed a hyper-inflationary economy as of the first quarter of fiscal 2002. On January 22, 2003, and as a result of the National Civil Strike, the Venezuelan government suspended trading of the Venezuelan Bolivar and set the currency at a stated government rate. Accordingly, until further guidance is issued, the Company's 80% owned Venezuelan subsidiary will translate its financial statements utilizing the stated government rate.
To the extent that the Company expands its operations into Europe, Latin America and the Pacific Rim, the effects of inflation and currency fluctuations in those areas could have growing significance to its financial condition and results of operations. Fluctuations in the foreign exchange rates in Europe and Pacific Rim countries have not had a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
While the prices that the Company pays for the products purchased from its suppliers are principally denominated in United States dollars, price negotiations depend in part on the relationship between the foreign currency of the foreign manufacturers and the United States dollar. This relationship is dependent upon, among other things, market, trade and political factors.
Seasonality
The Company typically experiences some seasonality in its operations. The Company generally experiences a substantial amount of its sales during September, October and November. December is also a key month for the Company due to increased demand for its products during the holiday season.
54
This increase results from increased promotional and advertising activities from the Company's customers to end-users.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company does not maintain any off-balance sheet arrangements, transactions, obligations or other relationships with unconsolidated entities that would be expected to have a material current or future effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantors, Including Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others". FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor's fiscal year end. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The Company adopted FIN 45 during the quarter ended May 31, 2003. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149 (SFAS No. 149), "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies the accounting guidance on derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) and hedging activities that fall within the scope of SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 is effective for all contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, with certain exceptions, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The guidance is to be applied prospectively. The adoption of SFAS No. 149 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 (SFAS No. 150), "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity". SFAS No. 150 changes the accounting guidance for certain financial instruments that, under previous guidance, could be classified as equity or "mezzanine" equity by now requiring those instruments to be classified as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) in the statement of financial position. Further, SFAS No. 150 requires disclosure regarding the terms of those instruments and settlement alternatives. SFAS No. 150 is generally effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and is otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Arb No. 51", which addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities (VIEs) either: (1) that do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) in which the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. In December 2003, the FASB completed deliberations of proposed modifications to FIN 46 (Revised Interpretations) resulting in multiple effective dates based on the nature as well as the creation date of the VIE. VIEs created after January 31, 2003, but prior to January 1, 2004, may be accounted for either based on the original interpretation or the Revised Interpretations. However, the Revised Interpretations must be applied no later than the first quarter of fiscal year 2004. VIEs created after
55
January 1, 2004 must be accounted for under the Revised Interpretations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of FIN 46 on its financial statements.
In August 2003, the EITF reached a final consensus regarding Issue No. 03-5, "Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software". EITF 03-5 involves whether non-software deliverables included in an arrangement that contains software that is more-than-incidental to the products or services as a whole are included with the scope of SOP 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition". This new pronouncement will not have an impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, "Revenue Recognition" (SAB No. 104), which codifies, revises and rescinds certain sections of SAB No. 101, "Revenue Recognition", in order to make this interpretive guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting and auditing guidance and SEC rules and regulations. The changes noted in SAB No. 104 did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, consolidated financial position or consolidated cash flows.
Item 7aQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market Risk Sensitive Instruments
The market risk inherent in the Company's market risk sensitive instruments and positions is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in marketable equity security prices, foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.
Marketable Securities
Marketable securities at November 30, 2003, which are recorded at fair value of $9,512, include a net unrealized gain of $1,831 and have exposure to price risk. This risk is estimated as the potential loss in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in prices quoted by stock exchanges and amounts to $951 as of November 30, 2003. Actual results may differ.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company's bank loans expose earnings to changes in short-term interest rates since interest rates on the underlying obligations are either variable or fixed for such a short period of time as to effectively become variable. The fair values of the Company's bank loans are not significantly affected by changes in market interest rates.
Foreign Exchange Risk
In order to reduce the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, the Company hedges transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currencies applicable to each of its various entities. The instruments used for hedging are forward contracts with banks. The changes in market value of such contracts have a high correlation to price changes in the currency of the related hedged transactions. There were no hedge transactions at November 30, 2003. Intercompany transactions with foreign subsidiaries and equity investments are typically not hedged. Therefore, the potential loss in fair value for a net currency position resulting from a 10% adverse change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates as of November 30, 2003 is not applicable.
The Company is subject to risk from changes in foreign exchange rates for its subsidiaries and equity investments that use a foreign currency as their functional currency and are translated into U.S. dollars. These changes result in cumulative translation adjustments which are included in accumulated other comprehensive income. On November 30, 2003, the Company had translation exposure to various
56
foreign currencies with the most significant being the Euro, Malaysian ringgit, Thailand baht and Canadian dollar. The potential loss resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates, as of November 30, 2003, amounts to $1,195. Actual results may differ.
Item 8Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of November 30, 2003 and for the year then ended, together with the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified public accountants, are filed under this Item 8.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of November 30, 2002 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended November 30, 2002, together with the independent auditors' report thereon of KPMG LLP are filed under this Item 8.
57
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
Board
of Directors and Stockholders
Audiovox Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Audiovox Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of November 30, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Audiovox Corporation and subsidiaries as of November 30, 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited Schedule II as of and for the year ended November 30, 2003. In our opinion, this schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information therein.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP GRANT THORNTON LLP |
Melville,
New York
February 19, 2004
58
The
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Audiovox Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Audiovox Corporation and subsidiaries as of November 30, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive loss and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended November 30, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Audiovox Corporation and subsidiaries as of November 30, 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended November 30, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 1, effective December 1, 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (Statement) No. 141, "Business Combinations" and Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets".
As discussed in Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive loss and cash flows for the year ended November 30, 2001 have been restated.
/s/ KPMG LLP KPMG LLP |
Melville,
New York
May 30, 2003
59
AUDIOVOX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
November 30, 2002 and 2003
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Assets | |||||||||
Current assets: | |||||||||
Cash | $ | 2,758 | $ | 4,702 | |||||
Accounts receivable | 186,564 | 266,421 | |||||||
Inventory | 290,064 | 219,664 | |||||||
Receivables from vendors | 14,174 | 7,830 | |||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 7,626 | 12,371 | |||||||
Deferred income taxes | 7,653 | 9,531 | |||||||
Total current assets | 508,839 | 520,519 | |||||||
Investment securities | 5,405 | 9,512 | |||||||
Equity investments | 11,097 | 13,142 | |||||||
Property, plant and equipment | 18,381 | 20,242 | |||||||
Excess cost over fair value of assets acquired | 6,826 | 7,532 | |||||||
Intangible assets | | 8,043 | |||||||
Other assets | 687 | 713 | |||||||
$ | 551,235 | $ | 579,703 | ||||||
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity | |||||||||
Current liabilities: | |||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 121,127 | $ | 94,864 | |||||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities | 34,983 | 42,816 | |||||||
Accrued sales incentives | 12,151 | 21,894 | |||||||
Income taxes payable | 7,643 | 13,218 | |||||||
Bank obligations | 40,248 | 39,940 | |||||||
Current portion of long-term debt | | 3,433 | |||||||
Total current liabilities | 216,152 | 216,165 | |||||||
Long-term debt | 8,140 | 18,289 | |||||||
Capital lease obligation | 6,141 | 6,070 | |||||||
Deferred income taxes | 2,704 | 3,178 | |||||||
Deferred compensation | 3,969 | 5,280 | |||||||
Total liabilities | 237,106 | 248,982 | |||||||
Minority interest | 4,616 | 4,993 | |||||||
Commitments and contingencies | |||||||||
Stockholders' equity: | |||||||||
Preferred stock, $50 par value; 50,000 shares authorized and outstanding, liquidation preference of $2,500 | 2,500 | 2,500 | |||||||
Series preferred stock $.01 par value, 1,500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding | | | |||||||
Common stock: | |||||||||
Class A $.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 20,632,182 and 20,728,382 shares issued in 2002 and 2003, respectively; and 19,559,445 and 19,655,645 shares outstanding in 2002 and 2003, respectively | 207 | 207 | |||||||
Class B $.01 par value convertible; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 2,260,954 shares issued and outstanding | 22 | 22 | |||||||
Paid-in capital | 250,917 | 252,104 | |||||||
Retained earnings | 69,396 | 80,635 | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | (5,018 | ) | (1,229 | ) | |||||
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,072,737 shares of Class A common stock | (8,511 | ) | (8,511 | ) | |||||
Total stockholders' equity | 309,513 | 325,728 | |||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | $ | 551,235 | $ | 579,703 | |||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
60
AUDIOVOX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003
(In thousands, except share and per
share data)
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Note 2 |
|
|
|||||||||
Net sales | $ | 1,276,591 | $ | 1,100,382 | $ | 1,323,902 | ||||||
Cost of sales | 1,205,201 | 1,025,783 | 1,199,696 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 71,390 | 74,599 | 124,206 | |||||||||
Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||
Selling | 30,039 | 29,509 | 36,514 | |||||||||
General and administrative | 46,505 | 55,292 | 60,106 | |||||||||
Warehousing and technical support | 4,082 | 3,874 | 5,783 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 80,626 | 88,675 | 102,403 | |||||||||
Operating income (loss) | (9,236 | ) | (14,076 | ) | 21,803 | |||||||
Other income (expense): | ||||||||||||
Interest and bank charges | (5,922 | ) | (4,219 | ) | (4,602 | ) | ||||||
Equity in income of equity investees | 3,586 | 1,779 | 3,279 | |||||||||
Gain on issuance of subsidiary shares | | 14,269 | | |||||||||
Other, net | 90 | (4,156 | ) | 556 | ||||||||
Total other income (expense), net | (2,246 | ) | 7,673 | (767 | ) | |||||||
Income (loss) before provision for (recovery of) income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | (11,482 | ) | (6,403 | ) | 21,036 | |||||||
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes | (3,627 | ) | 12,932 | 9,407 | ||||||||
Minority interest income (expense) | 657 | 5,055 | (390 | ) | ||||||||
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | (7,198 | ) | (14,280 | ) | 11,239 | |||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | | 240 | | |||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | (7,198 | ) | $ | (14,040 | ) | $ | 11,239 | ||||
Net income (loss) per common share (basic) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.65 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | | 0.01 | | |||||||||
Net income (loss) per common share (basic) | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.64 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||||
Net income (loss) per common share (diluted) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.65 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | | 0.01 | | |||||||||
Net income (loss) per common share (diluted) | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.64 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||||
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (basic) | 21,877,100 | 21,850,035 | 21,854,610 | |||||||||
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (diluted) | 21,877,100 | 21,850,035 | 22,054,320 | |||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
61
AUDIOVOX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Years Ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003
(In
thousands, except share data)
|
Preferred stock |
Class A and Class B common stock |
Paid-in capital |
Retained earnings |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
Treasury stock |
Total stockholders' equity |
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balances at | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
November 30, 2000, Note (2) | $ | 2,500 | $ | 226 | $ | 248,468 | $ | 90,634 | $ | (5,058 | ) | $ | (6,004 | ) | $ | 330,766 | ||||||||
Comprehensive loss: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss, as restated | | | | (7,198 | ) | | | (7,198 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | | | | (455 | ) | | (455 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax effect of $(509) | | | | | (831 | ) | | (831 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss | | | | | | | (1,286 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive loss | | | | | | | (8,484 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options into 10,000 shares of common stock | | | 77 | | | | 77 | |||||||||||||||||
Conversion of stock warrants into 314,800 shares of common stock | | 3 | 2,240 | | | | 2,243 | |||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of 147,045 shares of common stock | | | | | | (1,382 | ) | (1,382 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balances at | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
November 30, 2001, Note (2) | 2,500 | 229 | 250,785 | 83,436 | (6,344 | ) | (7,386 | ) | 323,220 | |||||||||||||||
Comprehensive loss: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | | | | (14,040 | ) | | | (14,040 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | | | | 904 | | 904 | |||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax effect of $260 | | | | | 422 | | 422 | |||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income | | | | | | | 1,326 | |||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive loss | | | | | | | (12,714 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options into 16,336 shares of common stock | | | 132 | | | | 132 | |||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of 163,200 shares of common stock | | | | | | (1,125 | ) | (1,125 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balances at | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
November 30, 2002 | 2,500 | 229 | 250,917 | 69,396 | (5,018 | ) | (8,511 | ) | 309,513 | |||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income | | | | 11,239 | | | 11,239 | |||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | | | | 2,055 | | 2,055 | |||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax effect of $1,063 | | | | | 1,734 | | 1,734 | |||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income | | | | | | | 3,789 | |||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income | | | | | | | 15,028 | |||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options into 96,200 shares of common stock | | | 674 | | | | 674 | |||||||||||||||||
Tax benefit of stock options exercised | | | 216 | | | | 216 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock warrants | | | 297 | | | | 297 | |||||||||||||||||
Balances at | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
November 30, 2003 | $ | 2,500 | $ | 229 | $ | 252,104 | $ | 80,635 | $ | (1,229 | ) | $ | (8,511 | ) | $ | 325,728 | ||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
62
AUDIOVOX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003
(In thousands)
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Note 2 |
|
|
||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | (7,198 | ) | $ | (14,040 | ) | $ | 11,239 | |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities | |||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 4,476 | 4,780 | 4,581 | ||||||||||
Provision for bad debt expense | 1,936 | 4,884 | 566 | ||||||||||
Equity in income of equity investees | (3,586 | ) | (1,779 | ) | (3,279 | ) | |||||||
Minority interest | (657 | ) | (5,055 | ) | 390 | ||||||||
Gain on issuance of subsidiary shares | | (14,269 | ) | | |||||||||
Other-than-temporary decline in market value of investment security | | 1,158 | 21 | ||||||||||
Deferred income tax expense (benefit), net | (3,332 | ) | 9,904 | (2,468 | ) | ||||||||
(Gain) loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment, net | (18 | ) | (69 | ) | 274 | ||||||||
Tax benefit on stock options exercised | | | 216 | ||||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | | (240 | ) | | |||||||||
Non-cash stock compensation | | | 297 | ||||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets and liabilities acquired | |||||||||||||
Accounts receivable | 35,797 | 48,555 | (64,553 | ) | |||||||||
Inventory | (67,735 | ) | (64,548 | ) | 94,341 | ||||||||
Receivables from vendors | (1,263 | ) | (7,346 | ) | 6,348 | ||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets | 1,863 | (7,983 | ) | (2,693 | ) | ||||||||
Investment securities-trading | (1,635 | ) | (125 | ) | (1,312 | ) | |||||||
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities | (29,745 | ) | 66,644 | (20,160 | ) | ||||||||
Income taxes payable | (2,979 | ) | 3,599 | 5,188 | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | (74,076 | ) | 24,070 | 28,996 | |||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: | |||||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment | (2,869 | ) | (3,159 | ) | (5,454 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment | 261 | 7,250 | 265 | ||||||||||
Proceeds from distribution from an equity investee | 4,634 | 947 | 1,316 | ||||||||||
Net proceeds from issuance of subsidiary shares | | 22,158 | | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of assets to equity investee | | | 3,600 | ||||||||||
Purchase of acquired business, net of acquired cash | | (7,106 | ) | (40,046 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 2,026 | 20,090 | (40,319 | ) | |||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: | |||||||||||||
Borrowings from bank obligations | 901,628 | 403,043 | 277,983 | ||||||||||
Repayments on bank obligations | (832,329 | ) | (454,300 | ) | (278,544 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from issuance of convertible subordinated debentures | | 8,107 | | ||||||||||
Payment of dividend to minority shareholder of subsidiary | (1,034 | ) | | | |||||||||
Principal payments on capital lease obligation | (29 | ) | (55 | ) | (61 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants | 2,317 | 132 | 674 | ||||||||||
Repurchase of Class A common stock | (1,382 | ) | (1,125 | ) | | ||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt | | | 12,913 | ||||||||||
Principal payments on subordinated debt | (486 | ) | | | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 68,685 | (44,198 | ) | 12,965 | |||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | (41 | ) | (229 | ) | 302 | ||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash | (3,406 | ) | (267 | ) | 1,944 | ||||||||
Cash at beginning of period | 6,431 | 3,025 | 2,758 | ||||||||||
Cash at end of period | $ | 3,025 | $ | 2,758 | $ | 4,702 | |||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
63
AUDIOVOX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share
data)
(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a) Description of Business
Audiovox Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Company) design and market a diverse line of products and provide related services, such as warranty and activations, throughout the world.
The Company operates in two primary markets (which are also the Company's reportable segments for accounting purposes):
(b) Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Audiovox Corporation and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. Minority interest of majority-owned subsidiaries are calculated based upon the respective minority ownership percentage and included on the consolidated balance sheet. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. There were no cash equivalents at November 30, 2002 and 2003.
(d) Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue from product sales at the time of passage of title and risk of loss to the customer either at FOB Shipping Point or FOBDestination, based upon terms established with the customer. Any customer acceptance provisions, which are related to product testing, are satisfied prior to revenue recognition. There are no further obligations on the part of the Company subsequent to revenue recognition except for returns of product from the Company's customers. The Company does accept returns of products if properly requested, authorized and approved by the Company. The Company records an estimate of returns of products to be returned by its customers. Management continuously monitors and tracks such product returns and records the provision for the estimated amount of such future returns, based on historical experience and any notification the Company receives of pending returns. The Electronics segment's selling price to its customers is a fixed amount that is not subject to refund or adjustment or contingent upon additional rebates.
The Wireless segment has sales agreements with certain customers that provide for a rebate of the selling price to such customers if the particular product is subsequently sold at a lower price to the same customer or to a different customer. The rebate period extends for a relatively short period of time. Historically, the amounts of such rebates paid to customers have not been material. The
64
Company estimates the amount of the rebate based upon the terms of each individual arrangement, historical experience and future expectations of price reductions, and the Company records its estimate of the rebate amount at the time of the sale.
(e) Sales Incentives
Both of the Company's segments, Wireless and Electronics, offer sales incentives to its customers in the form of (1) co-operative advertising allowances; (2) market development funds and (3) volume incentive rebates. The Electronics segment also offers other trade allowances to its customers. The terms of the sales incentives vary by customer and are offered from time to time. Except for other trade allowances, all sales incentives require the customer to purchase the Company's products during a specified period of time. All sales incentives require the customer to claim the sales incentive within a certain time period. Although all sales incentives require customers to claim the sales incentive within a certain time period (referred to as the "claim period"), the Wireless segment historically has settled sales incentives claimed after the claim period has expired if a customer demands payment. The sales incentive liabilities are settled either by the customer claiming a deduction against an outstanding account receivable owed to the Company by the customer or by the customer requesting a check from the Company. The Company is unable to demonstrate that an identifiable benefit of the sales incentives has been received as such, all costs associated with sales incentives are classified as a reduction of net sales. The following is a summary of the various sales incentive programs offered by the Company and the related accounting policies:
Co-operative advertising allowances are offered to customers as reimbursement towards their costs for print or media advertising in which our product is featured on its own or in conjunction with other companies' products (e.g., a weekly advertising circular by a mass merchant). The amount offered is either based upon a fixed percentage of the Company's sales revenue to the customer or is a fixed amount per unit sold to the customer during a specified time period. Market development funds are offered to customers in connection with new product launches or entering into new markets. Those new markets can be either new geographic areas or new customers. The amount offered for new product launches is based upon a fixed percentage of the Company's sales revenue to the customer or is a fixed amount per unit sold to the customer during a specified time period. The Company accrues the cost of co-operative advertising allowances and market development funds at the later of when the customer purchases our products or when the sales incentive is offered to the customer.
Volume incentive rebates offered to customers require that minimum quantities of product be purchased during a specified period of time. The amount offered is either based upon a fixed percentage of the Company's sales revenue to the customer or is a fixed amount per unit sold to the customer. Certain of the volume incentive rebates offered to customers include a sliding scale of the amount of the sales incentive with different required minimum quantities to be purchased. The customer's achievement of the sales threshold and, consequently, the measurement of the total rebate for the Wireless segment cannot be reasonably estimated. Accordingly, the Wireless segment recognizes a liability for the maximum potential amount of the rebate, with the exception of certain volume incentive rebates that include very aggressive tiered levels of volume purchases. For volume incentive rebates that include very aggressive tiered levels of volume purchase, the Wireless segment recognizes a liability for the rebate as the underlying revenue transactions that result in progress by the customer toward earning the rebate or refund on a program by program basis are recognized. The Electronics segment makes an estimate of the ultimate amount of the rebate their customers will earn based upon
65
past history with the customer and other facts and circumstances. The Electronics segment has the ability to estimate these volume incentive rebates as there does not exist a relatively long period of time for a particular rebate to be claimed, the Electronics segment does have historical experience with these sales incentive programs and the Electronics segment does have a large volume of relatively homogenous transactions. Any changes in the estimated amount of volume incentive rebates are recognized immediately using a cumulative catch-up adjustment.
With respect to the accounting for co-operative advertising allowances, market development funds and volume incentive rebates, there was no impact upon the adoption of EITF 01-9, "Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of Vendor's Products)" (EITF 01-9), as the Company's accounting policy prior to March 1, 2002 was consistent with its accounting policy after the adoption of EITF 01-9.
Other trade allowances are additional sales incentives that the Company provides to the Electronics segment customers subsequent to the related revenue being recognized. In accordance with EITF 01-9, the Company records the provision for these additional sales incentives at the later of when the sales incentive is offered or when the related revenue is recognized. Such additional sales incentives are based upon a fixed percentage of the selling price to the customer, a fixed amount per unit, or a lump-sum amount. The accrual for sales incentives at November 30, 2002 and 2003 was $12,151 and $21,894, respectively. The Company's sales incentive liability may prove to be inaccurate, in which case the Company may have understated or overstated the provision required for these arrangements. Therefore, although the Company makes its best estimate of its sales incentive liability, many factors, including significant unanticipated changes in the purchasing volume of its customers and the lack of claims made by customers of offered and accepted sales incentives, could have a significant impact on the Company's liability for sales incentives and the Company's reported operating results.
For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, reversals of previously established sales incentive liabilities amounted to $14,369, $4,716 and $2,940, respectively. These reversals include unearned sales incentives and unclaimed sales incentives. Unearned sales incentives are volume incentive rebates where the customer did not purchase the required minimum quantities of product during the specified time. Volume incentive rebates for both segments are reversed into income in the period when the customer did not purchase the required minimum quantities of product during the specified time. Unearned sales incentives for fiscal years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $9,051, $1,354 and $1,310, respectively. Unclaimed sales incentives are sales incentives earned by the customer but the customer has not claimed payment of the earned sales incentive from the Company. Unclaimed sales incentives for fiscal years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $5,318, $3,362 and $1,630, respectively.
The accrual for earned but unclaimed sales incentives is reversed by Wireless only when management is able to conclude, based upon an individual judgement of each sales incentive, that it is remote that the customer will claim the sales incentive. The methodology applied for determining the amount and timing of reversals for the Wireless segment is disciplined, consistent and rational. The methodology is not systematic (formula based), as the Company makes an estimate as to when it is remote that the sales incentive will not be claimed. Reversals by the Wireless segment of unclaimed sales incentives have historically occurred in varying periods up to 12 months after the recognition of the accrual. In deciding on whether to reverse the sales incentive liability into income, the Company makes an assessment as to the likelihood of the customer ever claiming the funds after the claim
66
period has expired and considers the specific facts and circumstances pertaining to the individual sales incentive. The factors considered by management in making the decision to reverse accruals for unclaimed sales incentives include (i) past practices of the customer requesting payments after the expiration of the claim period; (ii) recent negotiations with the customer for new sales incentives; (iii) subsequent communications with the customer with regard to the status of the claim; and (iv) recent activity in the customer's account.
The Electronics segment reverses earned but unclaimed sales incentives upon the expiration of the claim period. The Company believes that the reversal of earned but unclaimed sales incentives for Electronics upon the expiration of the claim period is a disciplined, rational, consistent and systematic method of reversing unclaimed sales incentives. For the Electronics segment, the majority of sales incentive programs are calendar-year programs. Accordingly, the program ends on the month following the fiscal year end and the claim period expires one year from the end of the program.
(f) Accounts Receivable
The majority of the Company's accounts receivable are due from companies in the wireless, retail, mass merchant and OEM industries. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer's financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30-60 days and are stated at amounts due from customers, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts outstanding longer than the contracted payment terms are considered past due.
The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer's current credit worthiness, as determined by a review of their current credit information. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such credit losses have historically been within management's expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to experience the same credit loss rates that have been experienced in the past. Since the Company's accounts receivable is concentrated in a relatively few number of customers, a significant change in the liquidity or financial position of any one of these customers could have a material adverse impact on the collectability of the Company's accounts receivables and future operating results.
Accounts receivable is comprised of the following:
|
November 30, |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||
Trade accounts receivable and other | $ | 195,228 | $ | 275,695 | |||
Less: | |||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts | 6,829 | 6,947 | |||||
Allowance for cellular deactivations | 1,628 | 1,127 | |||||
Allowance for cash discounts | 207 | 1,200 | |||||
$ | 186,564 | $ | 266,421 | ||||
67
The following is a rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts:
|
November 30, |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||
Beginning balance | $ | 4,715 | $ | 6,829 | |||
Expense | 4,884 | 566 | |||||
Deductions | (2,770 | ) | (448 | ) | |||
Ending balance | $ | 6,829 | $ | 6,947 | |||
(g) Inventory
Inventory consists principally of finished goods and is stated at the lower of the actual cost to purchase (primarily on a weighted moving average basis) and/or the current estimated market value of the inventory less expected costs to sell the inventory. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on-hand and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on open purchase orders from customers and selling prices subsequent to the balance sheet date as well as indications from customers based upon the then current negotiations. As demonstrated in recent years, demand for the Company's products can fluctuate significantly. A significant sudden increase in the demand for the Company's products could result in a short-term increase in the cost of inventory purchases while a significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess inventory quantities on-hand. In addition, the Company's industry is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new product introductions that could result in an increase in the amount of obsolete inventory quantities on-hand. In such situations, the Company generally does not obtain price protection from its vendors, however, on occasion, the Company has received price protection which reduces the cost of inventory. Since price protection reduces the cost of inventory, as the Company sells the inventory for which it has received price protection, the amount is reflected as a reduction to cost of sales. There can be no assurances that the Company will be successful in negotiating such price protection from its vendors in the future.
The Company has, on occasion, performed upgrades on certain inventory on behalf of its vendors. The reimbursements the Company receives to perform these upgrades are reflected as a reduction to the cost of inventory and is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as the related inventory is sold. Additionally, the Company's estimates of excess and obsolete inventory may prove to be inaccurate, in which case the Company may have understated or overstated the provision required for excess and obsolete inventory. Therefore, although the Company makes every effort to ensure the accuracy of its forecasts of future product demand, any significant unanticipated changes in demand or technological developments could have a significant impact on the value of the Company's inventory and its reported operating results.
The Company maintains a significant investment in inventory and, therefore, is subject to the risk of losses on write-downs to market and inventory obsolescence. The Company decided to substantially exit the analog phone line of business to reflect the shift in the wireless industry from analog to digital technology and recorded a charge of approximately $13,500 during the second quarter of 2001 to reduce its carrying value of its analog inventory to estimated market value. During the fourth quarter of 2001, Wireless recorded inventory write-downs to market of $7,150 as a result of the reduction of selling prices primarily related to digital hand-held phones during the first quarter of 2002 in
68
anticipation of new digital technologies. During the year ended November 30, 2002, Wireless recorded inventory write-downs to market of $13,823.
During the year ended November 30, 2003, Wireless recorded inventory write-downs of $2,817 based upon open purchase orders with customers at lower selling prices, as well as indications from our customers based upon then current negotiations. It is reasonably possible that additional write-downs to market may be required in the future given the continued emergence of new technologies, however, no estimate can be made of such write-downs. At November 30, 2003, Wireless had on hand approximately 15,600 units of previously written-down inventory, with an extended value of approximately $800.
For certain inventory items, the Company is entitled to receive price protection in the event the selling price to its customers is less than the purchase price from the manufacturer. The Company records such price protection, as necessary, at the time of the sale of the units. For fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, price protection of $4,550, $27,683 and $13,031, respectively, was recorded as a reduction to cost of sales as the related inventory was sold.
(h) Investment Securities
The Company classifies its equity securities in one of two categories: trading or available-for-sale. Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. All other securities not included in trading are classified as available-for-sale.
Trading and available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading securities are included in earnings. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a specific identification basis.
A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale security below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established (such a charge was recorded during fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003Note 8). Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. The Company considers numerous factors, on a case by case basis, in evaluating whether the decline in market value of an available-for-sale security below cost is other-than-temporary. Such factors include, but are not limited to, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost; (ii) the financial condition and the near-term prospects of the issuer of the investment; and (iii) whether the Company's intent to retain the investment for the period of time is sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.
(i) Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities", as amended (Statement 133). Statement 133 requires the recognition of all derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statements of financial condition and measurement of those instruments at fair value. Changes in the fair values of those derivatives are reported in earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) depending on the designation of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. The accounting for gains and losses associated with changes in the fair value of a derivative and the effect on the consolidated financial statements
69
will depend on its hedge designation and whether the hedge is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the asset or liability hedged. Under the provisions of Statement 133, the method that will be used for assessing the effectiveness of a hedging derivative, as well as the measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspects of the hedge, must be established at the inception of the hedged instrument.
The Company's evaluations of hedge effectiveness are subject to assumptions based on the terms and timing of the underlying exposures. For a fair value hedge, both the effective and ineffective portions of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, along with an adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedge item for fair value changes attributable to the hedge risk, are recognized in earnings. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument that is highly effective are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss until the underlying hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion is recognized in earnings immediately. If a fair value or cash flow hedge was to cease to qualify for hedge accounting or be terminated, it would continue to be carried on the balance sheet at fair value until settled, but hedge accounting would be discontinued prospectively. If a forecasted transaction were no longer probable of occurring, amounts previously deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income would be recognized immediately in earnings.
The Company, as a policy, does not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. The Company conducts business in several foreign currencies and, as a result, is subject to foreign currency exchange rate risk due to the effects that exchange rate movements of these currencies have on the Company's costs. To minimize the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on costs, the Company enters into forward exchange rate contracts. The Company, as a policy, does not enter into forward exchange contracts for trading purposes. The forward exchange rate contracts are entered into as hedges of inventory purchase commitments and of trade receivables due in foreign currencies.
Gains and losses on the forward exchange contracts that qualify as hedges are reported as a component of the underlying transaction. Foreign currency transactions which have not been hedged are marked to market on a current basis with gains and losses recognized through income and reflected in other income (expense). In addition, any previously deferred gains and losses on hedges which are terminated prior to the transaction date are recognized in current income when the hedge is terminated.
At November 30, 2002 and 2003, the Company had no contracts to exchange foreign currencies in the form of forward exchange contracts. For the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, gains and losses on foreign currency transactions which were not hedged were not material. For the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, there were no gains or losses as a result of terminating hedges prior to the transaction date.
(j) Debt Issuance Costs
Costs incurred in connection with the restructuring of bank obligations (Note 12) have been capitalized. These charges are amortized over the lives of the respective agreements. Amortization expense of these costs amounted to $336, $379 and $528 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
70
(k) Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Property under a capital lease is stated at the present value of minimum lease payments. Major improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheets. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Buildings | 20-30 years | |
Furniture, fixtures and displays | 5-10 years | |
Machinery and equipment | 5-10 years | |
Computer hardware and software | 3-5 years | |
Automobiles | 3 years |
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. Assets acquired under capital lease are amortized over the term of the lease.
Capitalized computer software costs obtained for internal use are amortized on a straight-line basis.
(l) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets consists of the excess over the fair value of assets acquired (goodwill) and other intangible assets (patents and trademarks).
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" (SFAS No. 142), the Company amortized goodwill and other intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their respective lives.
In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 141 "Business Combinations" (SFAS No. 141) and SFAS No.142. The Company early adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 as of December 1, 2001. SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all future business combinations and specifies criteria intangible assets acquired in a business combination must meet to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill. As a result of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 141 the Company accounted for the acquisitions of Code-Alarm and Recoton under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141 (see Note 6).
SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that could more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets".
As a result of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company did not record amortization expense relating to its goodwill and the Company reassessed the useful lives and residual lives of all acquired intangible assets to make any necessary amortization period adjustments. Based upon that
71
assessment, no adjustments were made to the amortization period or residual values of other intangible assets. The cost of other intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective lives. In addition, the Company was not required under SFAS No. 142 to assess the useful life and residual value of its goodwill as the Company's goodwill, at the time of adoption, was equity method goodwill and, as such, this equity method goodwill will continue to be evaluated for impairment under Accounting Principles Board No. 18, "The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock", as amended. For intangible assets with indefinite lives, including goodwill, recorded subsequent to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company performed its annual impairment test which indicated no reduction is required.
The following table presents adjusted net income (loss) and income (loss) per share data restated to include the retroactive impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 142:
|
Years Ended November 30, |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||
|
Note(2) |
|
|
|||||||
Reported net income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill | $ | (7,198 | ) | $ | (14,280 | ) | $ | 11,239 | ||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for negative goodwill, net of tax | | 240 | | |||||||
Reported net income (loss) | (7,198 | ) | (14,040 | ) | 11,239 | |||||
Add back: | ||||||||||
Goodwill amortization, net of tax | 224 | | | |||||||
Adjusted net income (loss) | $ | (6,974 | ) | $ | (14,040 | ) | $ | 11,239 | ||
Basic net income (loss) per common share: | ||||||||||
Reported net income (loss) before accounting change | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.65 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for negative goodwill, net of tax | | 0.01 | | |||||||
Net income (loss) | (0.33 | ) | (0.64 | ) | 0.51 | |||||
Goodwill amortization, net of tax | 0.01 | | | |||||||
Adjusted net income (loss) | $ | (0.32 | ) | $ | (0.64 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Diluted net income (loss) per common share: | ||||||||||
Reported net income (loss) before accounting change | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.65 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for negative goodwill, net of tax | | 0.01 | | |||||||
Net income (loss) | (0.33 | ) | (0.64 | ) | 0.51 | |||||
Goodwill amortization, net of tax | 0.01 | | | |||||||
Adjusted net income (loss) | $ | (0.32 | ) | $ | (0.64 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Weighted average common shares outstanding: | ||||||||||
Basic | 21,877,100 | 21,850,035 | 21,854,610 | |||||||
Diluted | 21,877,100 | 21,850,035 | 22,054,320 | |||||||
72
Goodwill
The change in carrying amount of goodwill is as follows:
|
November 30, |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
||||
Net beginning balance | $ | 4,732 | $ | 6,826 | ||
Write off of unamortized negative goodwill upon change in accounting principle | 240 | | ||||
Goodwill acquired in connection with the purchase of certain assets of Code-Alarm (Note 6) | 1,854 | | ||||
Adjustments of certain acquired assets of Code-Alarm (Note 6) | | 706 | ||||
Net ending balance | $ | 6,826 | $ | 7,532 | ||
Other Intangible Assets
|
November 30, 2002 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Gross Carrying Value |
Accumulated Amortization |
Total Net Book Value |
|||||
Patents subject to amortization | $ | 677 | $ | 677 | | |||
Trademarks subject to amortization | 34 | 34 | | |||||
Total | $ | 711 | $ | 711 | | |||
|
November 30, 2003 |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Gross Carrying Value |
Accumulated Amortization |
Total Net Book Value |
||||||
Patents subject to amortization | $ | 677 | $ | 677 | | ||||
Trademarks subject to amortization | 34 | 34 | | ||||||
Trademarks not subject to amortization (Note 6) | 8,043 | | $ | 8,043 | |||||
Total | $ | 8,754 | $ | 711 | $ | 8,043 | |||
At November 30, 2003, all intangible assets subject to amortization have been fully amortized. Accordingly, the estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the succeeding years ending November 30, 2008 amounts to $0.
(m) Equity Investments
The Company has common stock investments which are accounted for by the equity method as the Company owns between 20% and 50% of the common stock.
The Company applies the equity method of accounting to its investments in entities where the Company has non-controlling ownership interests. The Company's share of its equity method investees earnings or losses is included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company eliminates its pro rata share of gross profit on sales to its equity method investees for inventory on hand at the
73
investees at the end of the year. A description of the Company's equity investments and the related transactions between the Company and these investees is discussed in Note 10.
(n) Cellular Telephone Commissions
Under various agency agreements, the Company receives an initial activation commission for obtaining subscribers for cellular telephone services. The agreements may contain provisions for additional commissions based upon usage and length of continued subscription. The agreements also provide for the reduction or elimination of initial activation commissions if subscribers deactivate service within stipulated periods. The Company has provided a liability for estimated cellular deactivations which is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as a reduction of accounts receivable.
The Company recognizes sales revenue for the initial activation and residual commissions based upon usage on the accrual basis. Such commissions approximated $29,859, $26,756 and $19,046 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Related commissions paid to outside selling representatives for cellular activations are included in cost of sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and amounted to $22,390, $18,673 and $12,246 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
(o) Advertising
The Company expenses the cost of advertising as incurred, excluding co-operative advertising (see sales incentives Note 24). During the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Company had no direct response advertising.
(p) Product Warranties and Product Repair Costs
The Company generally warrants its products against certain manufacturing and other defects. The Company provides warranties for all of its products ranging from 90 days to the lifetime of the product. Warranty expenses are accrued at the time of sale based on the Company's estimated cost to repair expected returns of products for warranty matters. This liability is based primarily on historical experiences of actual warranty claims as well as current information on repair costs. The warranty liability of $9,143 and $12,006 is recorded in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of November 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively. In addition, the Company records a reserve for product repair costs. This reserve is based upon the quantities of defective inventory on hand and an estimate of the cost to repair such defective inventory. The reserve for product repair costs of $6,267 and $6,506 is recorded as a reduction to inventory in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of November 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Warranty claims and product repair costs expense for each of the fiscal years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were $11,319, $6,985 and $12,015, respectively.
74
The following table provides the changes in the Company's product warranties and product repair costs for 2002 and 2003:
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Beginning balance | $ | 13,066 | $ | 15,410 | |||
Liabilities accrued for warranties issued during the period | 6,985 | 12,015 | |||||
Warranty claims paid during the period | (4,641 | ) | (8,913 | ) | |||
Ending balance | $ | 15,410 | $ | 18,512 | |||
(q) Foreign Currency
With the exception of a subsidiary operating in Venezuela, which was deemed a hyper inflationary economy in fiscal 2001, assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries and equity investees located outside the United States whose cash flows are primarily in local currencies have been translated at rates of exchange at the end of the period or historical exchange rates, as appropriate in accordance with SFAS No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation". Revenues and expenses have been translated at the weighted average rates of exchange in effect during the period. Gains and losses resulting from translation are recorded in the cumulative foreign currency translation account in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). For the operation in Venezuela, financial statements are translated at either current or historical exchange rates, as appropriate. These adjustments, along with gains and losses on currency transactions, are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2001. During the first quarter of fiscal 2002 (January 1, 2002), Venezuela ceased to be deemed a hyper-inflationary economy.
Exchange gains and losses on intercompany balances of a long-term nature are also recorded in the cumulative foreign currency translation account in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Foreign currency transaction gains (losses) of $200, $418 and $(232) for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, were included in other income (expense).
(r) Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled (Note 14). The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
(s) Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share
Basic net income (loss) per common share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.
75
A reconciliation between the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted income (loss) per common share is as follows:
|
Years Ended November 30, |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||
|
Note (2) |
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) (numerator for net income (loss) per common share, basic) | $ | (7,198 | ) | $ | (14,040 | ) | $ | 11,239 | ||
Interest on 61/4% convertible subordinated debentures, net of tax | 5 | | | |||||||
Adjusted net income (loss) (numerator for net income per common share, diluted) | $ | (7,203 | ) | $ | (14,040 | ) | $ | 11,239 | ||
Weighted average value of common shares outstanding (denominator for net income (loss) per common share, basic) | 21,877,100 | 21,850,035 | 21,854,610 | |||||||
Effect of dilutive securities: | ||||||||||
Employee stock options and stock warrants | | | 199,710 | |||||||
Weighted average value of common and potential common shares outstanding (denominator for net income (loss) per common share, diluted) | 21,877,100 | 21,850,035 | 22,054,320 | |||||||
Net income (loss) per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change for negative goodwill: | ||||||||||
Basic | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.65 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Diluted | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.65 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Net income (loss) per common share: | ||||||||||
Basic | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.64 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Diluted | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.64 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Employee stock options and stock warrants totaling 2,595,108 and 1,540,000 for the years ended November 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively, were not included in the net income (loss) per common share calculation because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. Dilutive net loss per common share for fiscal 2001 and 2002 is the same as basic net loss per common share due to the anti-dilutive effect of the potential exercise of stock options and warrants.
(t) Supplementary Financial Statement Information
Interest income of approximately $670, $509 and $516 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, is included in other, net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
(u) Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
76
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, including the allowance for doubtful accounts, allowance for cellular deactivations, inventory valuation, recoverability of deferred tax assets, valuation of long-lived assets, accrued sales incentives, warranty reserves and disclosure of the contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(v) Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of
Effective December 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets", which establishes accounting and reporting standards for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. SFAS No. 144 removes goodwill from its scope and retains the requirements of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of", regarding the recognition of impairment losses on long-lived assets held for use.
Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Recoverability of assets held for sale is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to their estimated fair market value. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets.
(w) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
The Company applies the intrinsic value method as outlined in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB No. 25), and related interpretations in accounting for stock options and share units granted under these programs. Under the intrinsic value method, no compensation expense is recognized if the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", requires that the Company provide pro-forma information regarding net income and net income per common share as if compensation cost for the Company's stock option programs had been determined in accordance with the fair value method prescribed therein. The Company adopted the disclosure portion of SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based CompensationTransition and Disclosure" requiring more prominent pro-forma disclosures as described in SFAS No. 123. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and
77
income per common share as if the Company had measured the compensation cost for the Company's stock option programs under the fair value method in each period presented:
|
Years Ended November 30, |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||
|
Note (2) |
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss): | ||||||||||
As reported | $ | (7,198 | ) | $ | (14,040 | ) | $ | 11,239 | ||
Stock based compensation expense | 2,287 | 864 | | |||||||
Pro-forma | $ | (9,485 | ) | $ | (14,904 | ) | $ | 11,239 | ||
Net income (loss) per common share (basic): |
||||||||||
As reported | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.64 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Pro-forma | (0.43 | ) | (0.68 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||||
Net income (loss) per common share (diluted): |
||||||||||
As reported | $ | (0.33 | ) | $ | (0.64 | ) | $ | 0.51 | ||
Pro-forma | (0.43 | ) | (0.68 | ) | $ | 0.51 |
Pro-forma net income (loss) reflect only options granted after November 30, 1995. Therefore, the full impact of calculating compensation cost for stock options under SFAS No. 123 is not reflected in the pro-forma net income (loss) amounts presented above because compensation cost is reflected over the options' vesting period and compensation cost for options granted prior to December 1, 1995 was not considered. Therefore, the pro-forma net income (loss) may not be representative of the effects on reported net income (loss) for future years.
(x) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) may include foreign currency translation adjustments, minimum pension liability adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on investment securities classified as available-for-sale and fair market value changes for cash flow hedges.
The change in net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities of $(831), $422 and $1,734 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 is net of tax of $(509), $260 and $1,063, respectively. The currency translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries and equity investments.
(y) New Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantors, Including Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others". FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor's fiscal year end. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The Company
78
adopted FIN 45 during the quarter ended May 31, 2003. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149 (SFAS No. 149), "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies the accounting guidance on derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) and hedging activities that fall within the scope of SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 is effective for all contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, with certain exceptions, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The guidance is to be applied prospectively. The adoption of SFAS No. 149 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 (SFAS No. 150), "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity". SFAS No. 150 changes the accounting guidance for certain financial instruments that, under previous guidance, could be classified as equity or "mezzanine" equity by now requiring those instruments to be classified as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) in the statement of financial position. Further, SFAS No. 150 requires disclosure regarding the terms of those instruments and settlement alternatives. SFAS No. 150 is generally effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and is otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51", which addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities (VIEs) either: (1) that do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) in which the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. In December 2003, the FASB completed deliberations of proposed modifications to FIN 46 (Revised Interpretations) resulting in multiple effective dates based on the nature as well as the creation date of the VIE. VIEs created after January 31, 2003, but prior to January 1, 2004, may be accounted for either based on the original interpretation or the Revised Interpretations. However, the Revised Interpretations must be applied no later than the first quarter of fiscal year 2004. VIEs created after January 1, 2004 must be accounted for under the Revised Interpretations. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of FIN 46.
In August 2003, the EITF reached a final consensus regarding Issue No. 03-5, "Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software". EITF 03-5 involves whether non-software deliverables included in an arrangement that contains software that is more-than-incidental to the products or services as a whole are included with the scope of SOP 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition". This new pronouncement will not have an impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, "Revenue Recognition" (SAB No. 104), which codifies, revises and rescinds certain sections of SAB No. 101, "Revenue Recognition", in order to make this interpretive guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting and auditing guidance and SEC rules and regulations. The changes noted in SAB No. 104 did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, consolidated financial position or consolidated cash flows.
79
(z) Shipping and Handling Costs
In fiscal 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of EITF Issue No. 00-10, "Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs", which requires the Company to report all amounts billed to a customer related to shipping and handling as revenue. The Company includes all costs incurred for shipping and handling as cost of sales. The Company has reclassified such billed amounts, which were previously netted in cost of sales to net sales. As a result of this reclassification, net sales and cost of sales were increased by $1,548 for year ended November 30, 2001.
(aa) Issuances of Subsidiary Stock
The Company's accounting policy on the issuances of subsidiary stock is to recognize through earnings the gain on the sale of the shares as long as the sale of the shares is not part of a broader corporate reorganization planned or contemplated by the Company and realization of the gain is assured.
(ab) Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2001 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in order to conform to the 2003 presentation.
(2) Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company has previously restated its consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001 and for the fiscal quarters during the year ended November 30, 2001 and the fiscal 2002 quarters ended February 28, 2002, May 31, 2002 and August 31, 2002. In addition, the Company previously reclassified certain expenses from operating expenses to cost of sales for fiscal 2001 and for each of the quarters in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. Please refer to the Company's previously filed Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2002 for details.
(3) Issuance of Subsidiary Shares
On May 29, 2002, Toshiba Corporation (Toshiba) purchased an additional 20% of Audiovox Communications Corp. (ACC), a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company. Such purchase accounted for approximately 31 shares at approximately $774 per share, for approximately $23,900 in cash, increasing Toshiba's total ownership interest in ACC to 25%. In addition, Toshiba paid $8,107 in exchange for an $8,107 convertible subordinated note (the Note). The Note bears interest at a per annum rate equal to 13/4% and interest is payable annually on May 31st of each year, commencing May 31, 2003. The unpaid principal amount shall be due and payable, together with all unpaid interest, on May 31, 2007 and automatically renews for an additional five years. In accordance with the provisions of the Note, Toshiba may convert the balance of the Note into additional shares of ACC in order to maintain a 25% interest in ACC, but under no circumstances can Toshiba convert the Note to exceed a 25% interest in ACC.
In connection with the transaction, the Company, ACC and Toshiba entered into a stockholders agreement. The stockholders agreement provides for the composition of the board of directors of ACC and identifies certain items, other than in the ordinary course of business, that ACC cannot do without prior approval from Toshiba. The agreement does not require or preclude ACC from paying dividends on a pro-rata basis. The agreement may be terminated upon the mutual written agreement of the
80
parties, if the distribution agreement, which is discussed below, is terminated or if either party commences a bankruptcy or similar proceeding.
The Company has historically been the exclusive distributor for Toshiba in the United States and Canada. In connection with the transaction, ACC and Toshiba formalized this distribution arrangement whereby ACC is Toshiba's exclusive distributor for the sale of Toshiba cellular products in the United States, Canada, Mexico and all countries in the Caribbean and Central and South America through May 29, 2007. The distribution agreement provides for 30-day payment terms. The distribution agreement established certain annual minimum purchase targets for ACC's purchase of Toshiba products for each fiscal year during the entire term of the agreement. In the event that ACC fails to meet the minimum purchase target, Toshiba shall have the right to convert ACC's exclusive distributorship to a non-exclusive distributorship for the remaining term of the agreement. Also, in accordance with the terms of the stockholders agreement, upon the termination of the distribution agreement in accordance with certain terms of the distribution agreement, Toshiba maintains a put right and the Company a call right, to repurchase all of the shares held by the other party for a price equal to the fair market value of the shares as calculated in accordance with the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the put right is only exercisable if ACC terminates the distribution agreement or if another strategic investor acquires a direct or indirect equity ownership interest in excess of 20% in Audiovox Corporation. The call right is only exercisable if Toshiba elects to terminate the distribution agreement after its initial five (5) year term.
In May 2002, the Company granted seven stock appreciation units in ACC to its Chief Executive Officer of ACC and seven stock appreciation units in ACC to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Each unit has a value of approximately $774, which was based upon the then fair value per share of ACC based upon the value of shares sold to Toshiba.
Each stock appreciation unit equals the value of one ACC share. All of these units vested upon the date of grant, however, all of these units are contingent upon the following future events (i) an initial public offering of ACC or (ii) a change of control of ACC as defined where in its Chief Executive Officer resigns within 90 days from the change of control date. Further, as these specified events were not considered probable at the grant date and since these units had no value at November 30, 2002 and 2003, no expense has been recorded with respect to these stock appreciation units.
Additionally, ACC entered into an employment agreement with the President and Chief Executive Officer (the Executive) of ACC through May 29, 2007 (Note 21). Under the agreement, ACC is required to pay the Executive an annual base salary of $500 in addition to an annual bonus equal to 2% of ACC's annual earnings before income taxes. The Company, under the employment agreement, was required to establish and pay a bonus of $3,200 to key employees of ACC, including the Executive, to be allocated by the Executive. The bonus was for services previously rendered and, accordingly, the bonus has been included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations for the year ended November 30, 2002. The Executive was required to utilize all or a portion of the bonus allocated to him to repay the remaining outstanding principal and accrued interest owed by the Executive to the Company pursuant to the unsecured promissory note in favor of the Company (Note 20). During the year ended November 30, 2002, the Executive was paid $1,800 less an amount outstanding under a promissory note of $651.
81
As a result of the issuance of ACC's shares, the Company recognized a gain, net of expenses of $1,735, of $14,269 ($8,847 after provision for deferred taxes) during the quarter ended May 31, 2002. The gain represents the excess of the sale price per share over the carrying amount per share multiplied by the number of shares issued to Toshiba. The gain on the issuance of the subsidiary's shares has been recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended November 30, 2002 in accordance with the Company's policy on the recognition of such transactions, which is an allowable method under Staff Accounting Bulleting Topic 5.H.
Minority interest income (expense) relating to Toshiba's minority share ownership in ACC for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 was $501, $4,741 and $(1,066), respectively.
(4) Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The following is supplemental information relating to the consolidated statements of cash flows:
|
Years Ended November 30, |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||
Cash paid during the years for: | |||||||||
Interest, excluding bank charges | $ | 3,883 | $ | 1,303 | $ | 1,857 | |||
Income taxes | $ | 3,550 | $ | 2,478 | $ | 10,556 |
Non-cash Transactions:
During the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Company recorded an unrealized holding gain (loss) relating to available-for-sale marketable equity securities, net of deferred income taxes, of $(831), $422 and $1,734, respectively, as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (Note 8).
During fiscal 2003, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 120,000 shares of common stock to non-employees and recorded a charge to operations of $297,000 (Note 16).
As a result of stock option exercises, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $216 during fiscal 2003 which is included in paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
During fiscal 2001, 314,800 warrants were exercised and converted into 314,800 shares of common stock.
(5) Transactions With Major Suppliers
(a) ACC Dividend
In February 2001, the board of directors of ACC declared a dividend payable to its stockholders, Audiovox Corporation, a then 95% stockholder, and Toshiba, a then 5% stockholder for their respective share of net income for the previous fiscal years. ACC paid Toshiba its share of the dividend, which approximated $1,034 in the first quarter of fiscal 2001. There were no dividends declared during fiscal 2002 and 2003.
82
(b) Sale/Leaseback Transaction
In April 2000, Audiovox Japan (AX Japan), a wholly-owned subsidiary, purchased land and a building (the Property) from Shintom Co., Ltd. (Shintom) for 770,000,000 Yen (approximately $7,300) and entered into a leaseback agreement whereby Shintom leased the Property from AX Japan for a one-year period. The lease was being accounted for as an operating lease by AX Japan. Shintom is a stockholder who owns all of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company and is a manufacturer of products purchased by the Company through its previously-owned equity investee, TALK Corporation (TALK). The Company currently holds stock in Shintom and has previously invested in Shintom convertible debentures.
The purchase of the Property by AX Japan was financed with a 500,000,000 Yen ($4,671) subordinated loan obtained from Vitec Co., Ltd. (Vitec), a 150,000,000 Yen loan ($1,397) from Pearl First (Pearl) and a 140,000,000 Yen loan ($1,291) from the Company. The land and building were included in property, plant and equipment, and the loans were recorded as notes payable on the balance sheet as of November 30, 2001. Changes arising from the fluctuations in the Yen exchange rate were reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Vitec is a major supplier to Shintom, and Pearl is an affiliate of Vitec. The loans bore interest at 5% per annum, and principle is payable in equal monthly installments over a six-month period beginning six months subsequent to the date of the loans. The loans from Vitec and Pearl were subordinated completely to the loan from the Company and, in liquidation, the Company receives payment first.
Upon the expiration of six months after the transfer of the title to the Property to AX Japan, Shintom had the option to repurchase the Property or purchase all of the shares of stock of AX Japan. This option could be extended for one additional six month period. The option to repurchase the building was at a price of 770,000,000 Yen plus the equity capital of AX Japan (which in no event can be less than 60,000,000 Yen) and could only be made if Shintom settles any rent due AX Japan pursuant to the lease agreement. The option to purchase the shares of stock of AX Japan was at a price not less than the aggregate par value of the shares and, subsequent to the purchase of the shares, AX Japan must repay the outstanding loan due to the Company. If Shintom did not exercise its option to repurchase the Property or the shares of AX Japan, or upon occurrence of certain events, AX Japan could dispose of the Property as it deemed appropriate. The events which result in the ability of AX Japan to be able to dispose of the Property include Shintom petitioning for bankruptcy, failing to honor a check, failing to pay rent, etc. If Shintom failed, or at any time became financially or otherwise unable to exercise its option to repurchase the Property, Vitec had the option to repurchase the Property or purchase all of the shares of stock of AX Japan under similar terms as the Shintom options.
AX Japan had the option to delay the repayment of the loans for an additional six months if Shintom extended its options to repurchase the Property or stock of AX Japan. In September 2000, Shintom extended its option to repurchase the Property and AX Japan delayed its repayment of the loans for an additional six months.
In March 2001, upon the expiration of the additional six-month period, the Company and Shintom agreed to extend the lease for an additional one-year period. In addition, Shintom was again given the option to purchase the Property or shares of stock of AX Japan after the expiration of a six-month period or extend the option for one additional six-month period. AX Japan was also given the option
83
to delay the repayment of the loans for an additional six months if Shintom extended its option for an additional six months.
In October 2002, the Company sold all of its shares in AX Japan to RMS Co., Ltd., an unrelated party to the Company. The purchase price of the shares was 60,000 Yen. As a result of this transaction, the purchaser repaid in full 113,563 Yen which represented the full balance of amounts then owed to the Company by AX Japan. The agreement required the purchaser to immediately change the name of AX Japan to RMS Co., Ltd., and the Company resigned from all officer and board of directors positions. The Company has no further relationship or obligations, whether contingent or direct to RMS Co., Ltd., formerly known as AX Japan.
As a result of the completion of this transaction, all assets and liabilities of AX Japan have been removed from the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2002, specifically the land and the building and the notes payable for the Vitec 150,000 Yen loan and the Pearl 140,000 Yen loan. As a result of this transaction, the Company recovered in Yen its initial investment in AX Japan as well as its loan to finance the purchase of the land and building. However, the Company recognized a $338 loss on the sale of its shares in AX Japan, as the sales price was less than the value of the net assets of AX Japan sold to Vitec. Contributing to the loss on sale were foreign currency loss and other expenses that will not be recovered. The loss on the sale of the shares of AX Japan has been included in other, net, under other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended November 30, 2002.
(c) Inventory PurchasesOther
Two wireless suppliers, including Toshiba, approximated 75%, 67% and 63% of total inventory purchases for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Although there are a limited number of manufacturers of its products, management believes that other suppliers could provide similar products on comparable terms. A change in suppliers, however, could cause a delay in product availability and a possible loss of sales, which would affect operating results adversely.
(6) Business Acquisitions
Code Systems, Inc.
On March 15, 2002, Code Systems, Inc. (Code), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Audiovox Electronics Corp. (AEC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, purchased certain assets of Code, an automotive security product company. The purpose of this acquisition was to expand brand recognition and improve OEM production with manufacturers. The results of operations of Code are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of purchase. The purchase price consisted of approximately $7,100, paid in cash at the closing, and a debenture (CSI Debenture) whose value is linked to the future earnings of Code. An adjustment to the allocation of the purchase price was made to certain acquired assets resulting in an increase to goodwill of $706 during the year ended November 30, 2003. The payment of any amount under the terms of the CSI Debenture is based on performance and is scheduled to occur in the first calendar quarter of 2006. The Company accounted for the transaction in accordance with the purchase method of accounting. As a result of the transaction, goodwill of $2,560 was recorded. The purchase price allocation for the acquisition of Code is final.
84
Simultaneous with this business acquisition, the Company entered into a purchase and supply agreement with a third party. Under the terms of this agreement, the third party will purchase or direct its suppliers to purchase certain products from the Company. In exchange for entering into this agreement, the Company issued 50 warrants in its subsidiary, Code, which vest immediately. These warrants were deemed to have minimal value based upon the then current value of Code. Furthermore, the agreement calls for the issuance of additional warrants based upon the future operating performance of Code.
Based upon the contingent nature of the debenture and warrants, no recognition was given to the Code debenture or warrants as the related contingencies were not considered probable and such warrants had not vested at November 30, 2002 or 2003.
Recoton Audio Group
On July 8, 2003, the Company, through a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired in cash (i) certain accounts receivable, inventory and trademarks from the U.S. audio operations of Recoton Corporation (the "U.S. audio business") or (Recoton) and (ii) the outstanding capital stock of Recoton German Holdings GmbH (the "international audio business"), the parent holding company of Recoton Corporation's Italian, German and Japanese subsidiaries, for $40,046, net of cash acquired, including transaction costs of $1.9 million. The primary reason for this transaction was to expand the product offerings of AEC and to obtain certain long-standing trademarks such as Jensen®, Acoustic Research® and others. The Company also acquired an obligation with a German financial institution as a result of the purchase of the common stock of Recoton German Holdings GmbH. This obligation is secured by the acquired company's accounts receivable and inventory.
The results of operations of this acquisition have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.
The acquisition is being accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141 requires that the total cost of the acquisition be allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values at the date of acquisition.
85
The following summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
Assets acquired: | |||||
Accounts receivable | $ | 12,291 | |||
Inventory | 21,979 | ||||
Other current assets | 4,014 | ||||
Property, plant and equipment | 2,201 | ||||
Trademarks | 10,303 | ||||
Total assets acquired | 50,788 | ||||
Liabilities assumed: |
|||||
Accounts payable and other current liabilities | 6,966 | ||||
Long-term debt | 3,776 | ||||
Total liabilities assumed | 10,742 | ||||
Cash paid, net of cash acquired | $ | 40,046 | |||
The excess of the estimated purchase price over the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired of $10,303 was allocated to trademarks, with an indefinite useful life. The allocation of purchase price to assets and liabilities acquired was based upon an independent valuation study, and the purchase price is final.
Subsequent to July 8, 2003, the Company sold accounts receivable, inventory and trademarks ($524, $816 and $2,260, respectively) attributable to the marine products division of the Electronics Group based upon their estimated fair values which resulted in no gain or loss to the Company. The sale of the marine division assets was required since the Company is precluded from selling marine products as a result of its joint venture agreement with Audiovox Specialized Applications, Inc. (ASA), an equity investee of the Company.
The following unaudited pro-forma financial information for the year ended November 30, 2003 represents the combined results of the Company's operations and the Recoton acquisition as if the Recoton acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the year of acquisition. The unaudited pro-forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the Company constituted a single entity during such periods.
|
Years Ended November 30, |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||
Revenue | $ | 1,305,212 | $ | 1,364,291 | |||
Net loss | (14,985 | ) | (3,961 | ) | |||
Net loss per share-basic and diluted | $ | (0.69 | ) | $ | (0.18 | ) |
On August 29, 2003, the Company entered into a call/put option agreement with certain employees of Audiovox Europe, whereby these employees can acquire up to a maximum of 20% of the Company's stated share capital in Audiovox Europe at a call price equal to the same proportion of the actual price paid by the Company for Audiovox Europe. The put options cannot be exercised until the later of
86
(i) November 30, 2008 or (ii) the full repayment (including interest) of an inter-company loan granted to Audiovox Europe in the amount of 5.3 million Euros. Notwithstanding the lapse of these time periods, the put options become immediately exercisable upon (i) the sale of Audiovox Europe or (ii) the termination of employment or death of the employee. The put price to be paid to the employee upon exercise will be the then net asset value per share of Audiovox Europe. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation expense based on 20% of the increase in Audiovox Europe's net assets representing the incremental change of the put price over the call option price. Compensation expense for these options amounted to $388 for the year ended November 30, 2003.
(7) Receivables from Vendors
The Company has recorded receivables from vendors in the amount of $14,174 and $7,830 as of November 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Receivables from vendors represent prepayments on product shipments, defective product reimbursements and amounts due from Toshiba. At November 30, 2002, the Company recorded receivables from Toshiba aggregating approximately $12,219 for price protection and software upgrades. Subsequent to November 30, 2002, the receivables from Toshiba were paid in full. At November 30, 2003, the Company recorded receivables from Toshiba aggregating approximately $709, primarily for software upgrades. In addition, one wireless vendor represented $2,211 of the November 30, 2003 vendor receivable balance.
(8) Investment Securities
As of November 30, 2002, the Company's investment securities consist of $1,456 of available-for-sales marketable securities, which relates to 306,000 shares (after a 5 for 1 reverse stock split) of CellStar Common Stock, 1,904,000 shares of Shintom Common Stock and trading securities of $3,949 which consist of mutual funds that are held in connection with the deferred compensation plan.
As of November 30, 2003, the Company's investment securities consist of $4,232 of available-for-sales marketable securities, which relates to 306,000 shares of CellStar Common Stock and trading securities of $5,280 which consist of mutual funds that are held in connection with the deferred compensation plan.
During fiscal 2002 and 2003, the Company recorded a $1,158 and $21 other-than-temporary impairment of its Shintom common stock, respectively, due to a decline in the value of Shintom stock.
The cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and aggregate fair value of the investment securities available-for-sale as of November 30, 2002 and 2003 were as follows:
|
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Cost |
Gross Unrealized Holding Gain (Loss) |
Other-than- Temporary Impairment Charge |
Aggregate Fair Value |
Cost |
Gross Unrealized Holding Gain (Loss) |
Other-than- Temporary Impairment Charge |
Aggregate Fair Value |
||||||||||||||||
CellStar Common Stock | $ | 2,401 | $ | (966 | ) | | $ | 1,435 | $ | 2,401 | $ | 1,831 | | $ | 4,232 | |||||||||
Shintom Common Stock | 1,179 | | $ | (1,158 | ) | 21 | 21 | | $ | (21 | ) | | ||||||||||||
$ | 3,580 | $ | (966 | ) | $ | (1,158 | ) | $ | 1,456 | $ | 2,422 | $ | 1,831 | $ | (21 | ) | $ | 4,232 | ||||||
87
Related deferred tax assets/(liabilities) of $367 and $(696) were recorded at November 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively, as a reduction to the unrealized holding gain (loss) included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
During fiscal 2002 and 2003, the net unrealized holding (loss)/gain on trading securities that has been included in earnings is $(558) and $656, respectively.
(9) Property, Plant and Equipment
A summary of property, plant and equipment, net, is as follows:
|
November 30, |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||
Land | $ | 363 | $ | 648 | |||
Buildings | 1,605 | 4,244 | |||||
Property under capital lease | 7,142 | 7,142 | |||||
Furniture, fixtures and displays | 2,404 | 2,228 | |||||
Machinery and equipment | 8,204 | 8,061 | |||||
Construction in progress | | 196 | |||||
Computer hardware and software | 14,467 | 12,702 | |||||
Automobiles | 769 | 924 | |||||
Leasehold improvements | 4,305 | 4,614 | |||||
39,259 | 40,759 | ||||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization | (20,878 | ) | (20,517 | ) | |||
$ | 18,381 | $ | 20,242 | ||||
The amortization of the property under capital lease is included in depreciation and amortization expense.
Computer software includes approximately $1,450 and $794 of unamortized costs as of November 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively, related to the acquisition and installation of management information systems for internal use.
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment amounted to $4,174, $4,768 and $4,581 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Included in accumulated depreciation and amortization is amortization of computer software costs of $776, $850 and $500 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Included in accumulated depreciation and amortization is amortization expense of property under capital lease of $240 for each of the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
(10) Equity Investments
As of November 30, 2003, the Company's 72% owned subsidiary, Audiovox Communications Sdn. Bhd., had a 29% ownership interest in Avx Posse (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (Posse) which monitors car security commands through a satellite based system in Malaysia. In addition, the Company had a 20% ownership interest in Bliss-tel which distributes cellular telephones and accessories in Thailand, and the Company had 50% non-controlling ownership interests in three other entities: Protector Corporation
88
(Protector) which acts as a distributor of chemical protection treatments; ASA which acts as a distributor to specialized markets for RV's and van conversions, of televisions and other automotive sound, security and accessory products; and G.L.M. Wireless Communications, Inc. (G.L.M.) which is in the cellular telephone, pager and communications business in the New York metropolitan area.
The Company's net sales to the equity investees amounted to $2,656, $3,504 and $4,277 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The Company's purchases from the equity investees amounted to $5,592, $1,883 and $1,978 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The Company recorded $746, $644 and $296 of outside representative commission expenses for activations and residuals generated by G.L.M. on the Company's behalf during fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Included in accounts receivable at November 30, 2002 and 2003 are trade receivables due from its equity investments aggregating $817 and $934, respectively. At November 30, 2002 and 2003, included in accounts payable and other accrued expenses were obligations to equity investments aggregating $6 and $6, respectively.
For the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, interest income earned on equity investment notes and other receivables approximated $157, $2 and $0, respectively.
As discussed in Note 6, the Company sold $3,600 of marine division assets to ASA in connection with the Recoton acquisition.
The following presents summary financial information for ASA. Such summary financial information has been provided herein based upon the individual significance of this unconsolidated equity investment to the consolidated financial information of the Company. Furthermore, based upon the lack of significance to the consolidated financial information of the Company, no summary financial information for the Company's other equity investments has been provided herein:
|
November 30, |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
||||
Current assets | $ | 20,533 | $ | 22,518 | ||
Non-current assets | 2,332 | 4,803 | ||||
Current liabilities | 3,447 | 4,640 | ||||
Members' equity | 19,418 | 22,681 |
|
Years Ended November 30, |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||
Net sales | $ | 63,336 | $ | 44,168 | $ | 44,671 | |||
Gross profit | 17,226 | 10,301 | 12,034 | ||||||
Operating income | 5,581 | 216 | 2,607 | ||||||
Net income | 6,908 | 3,486 | 5,895 |
The Company's share of income from this unconsolidated equity investment for fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003 was $3,454, $1,743 and $2,948, respectively.
89
(11) Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:
|
November 30, |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
||||
Commissions | $ | 4,676 | $ | 5,180 | ||
Employee compensation | 3,070 | 5,564 | ||||
Future warranty | 9,143 | 12,006 | ||||
Freight and duty | 2,272 | 3,572 | ||||
Other taxes payable | 410 | 2,707 | ||||
Other | 15,412 | 13,787 | ||||
$ | 34,983 | $ | 42,816 | |||
(12) Financing Arrangements
(a) Bank Obligations
The Company's principal source of liquidity is its revolving credit agreement which expires July 27, 2004. The Company is currently negotiating with the bank to extend this agreement for an additional three years, of which no assurance can be given. At November 30, 2003, the credit agreement provided for $150,000 of available credit, including $10,000 for foreign currency borrowings. An amendment to the credit agreement reduced its credit availability from $200,000 to $150,000 during the third quarter of fiscal 2003 as a result of the Company's working capital position and current anticipated borrowing requirements. The foreign currency borrowing sublimit was simultaneously reduced from $15,000 to $10,000.
Under the credit agreement, the Company may obtain credit through direct borrowings and letters of credit. The obligations of the Company under the credit agreement are guaranteed by certain of the Company's subsidiaries and are secured by accounts receivable, inventory and the Company's shares of ACC common stock. At November 30, 2003, the amount of unused available credit is $109,184. The credit agreement also allows for commitments up to $50,000 in forward exchange contracts.
Outstanding domestic obligations under the credit agreement at November 30, 2002 and 2003 were as follows:
|
November 30, |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
||||
Revolving Credit Notes | $ | 16,883 | $ | 11,709 | ||
Eurodollar Notes | 20,000 | 20,000 | ||||
$ | 36,883 | $ | 31,709 | |||
Interest rates are as follows: revolving credit notes at 0.25% above the Prime Rate at November 30, 2001, 0.50% above the Prime Rate at November 30, 2002 and 0.75% above the Prime Rate at November 30, 2003, which was 5.5%, 4.8% and 4.75% at November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Eurodollar Notes at 1.75% above Libor at November 30, 2001, 2.50% above Libor at November 30, 2002 and 2.75% above Libor at November 30, 2003 which was 3.4%, 3.9% and 3.9% at November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the credit line.
90
The Company's ability to borrow under its credit facility is a maximum aggregate amount of $150,000, subject to certain conditions, based upon a formula taking into account the amount and quality of its accounts receivable and inventory. The credit agreement contains several covenants requiring, among other things, minimum levels of pre-tax income and minimum levels of net worth. Additionally, the agreement includes restrictions and limitations on payments of dividends, stock repurchases and capital expenditures.
At November 30, 2002, the Company was not in compliance with certain of its pre-tax income covenants. Furthermore, as of November 30, 2002, the Company was also not in compliance with the requirement to deliver audited financial statements 90 days after the Company's fiscal year end, and as of February 28, 2003, the requirement to deliver unaudited quarterly financial statements 45 days after the Company's quarter end and had not received a waiver. Accordingly, the Company recorded its outstanding domestic bank obligations of $36,883 in current liabilities at November 30, 2002.
Subsequent to November 30, 2002, the Company repaid its fiscal 2002 obligation of $36,883 in full and borrowed additional funds during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, resulting in domestic bank obligations outstanding at November 30, 2003 of $31,709. The Company subsequently obtained a waiver for the November 30, 2002 and February 28, 2003 violations. The Company was in compliance with all its bank covenants at November 30, 2003. While the Company has historically been able to obtain waivers for such violations, there can be no assurance that future negotiations with its lenders would be successful or that the Company will not violate covenants in the future, therefore, resulting in amounts outstanding to be payable upon demand. This credit agreement has no cross covenants with other credit facilities.
The Company also has revolving credit facilities in Malaysia (Malaysian Credit Agreement) to finance additional working capital needs. As of November 30, 2003, the available line of credit for direct borrowing, letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and other forms of credit approximated $3,600. The credit facilities are partially secured by three standby letters of credit of $800 each and are payable upon demand or upon expiration of the standby letters of credit in January, July and July 2004, respectively. The obligations of the Company under the Malaysian Credit Agreement are also secured by the property and building owned by Audiovox Communications Sdn. Bhd. Outstanding obligations under the Malaysian Credit Agreement at November 30, 2002 and 2003 were approximately $3,317 and $2,721, respectively. At November 30, 2003, interest on the credit facility ranged from 4.75% to 6.5%. At November 30, 2002, interest on the credit facility ranged from 4.75% to 6.0%.
The Company also had a revolving credit facility in Brazil to finance additional working capital needs. The Brazilian credit facility was secured by the Company under a standby letter of credit in the amount of $200, which expired on December 9, 2002 and was payable on demand or upon expiration of the standby letter of credit. At November 30, 2002, outstanding obligations under the credit facility was 172 Brazilian Bolivars, and interest on the credit facility ranged from 19% to 29%.
At November 30, 2003, the Company had additional outstanding standby letters of credit aggregating $678 which expire on various dates from May to July 2004.
(b) Debt/Loan Agreement
On September 2, 2003, the Company's subsidiary, Audiovox Europe Holdings GmbH, (Audiovox Europe) borrowed 12 million Euros under a new term loan agreement. This agreement was for a 5 year term loan with a financial institution consisting of two tranches. Tranche A is for 9 million Euros
91
and Tranche B is for 3 million Euros. The term loan matures on August 30, 2008. Payments are due in 60 monthly installments and interest accrues at (i) 2.75% over the Euribor rate for the Tranche A and (ii) 3.5% over the three months Euribor rate for Tranche B. Any amount repaid may not be reborrowed. The term loan becomes immediately due and payable if a change of control occurs without permission of the financial institution.
Audiovox Corporation guarantees 3 million Euros of this term loan. The term loan is secured by the pledge of the stock of Audiovox Europe Holdings GmbH and on all brands and trademarks of the Audiovox Europe Holdings Group. The term loan requires the maintenance of certain yearly financial covenants that are calculated according to German Accounting Standards for Audiovox Europe Holdings. Should any of the financial covenants not be met, the financial institution may charge a higher interest rate on any outstanding borrowings. The short and long term amounts outstanding under this agreement were $3,226 and $9,736, respectively, at November 30, 2003 and have been included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
(c) Factoring Arrangements
The Company has available a 16,000 Euro factoring arrangement with a German financial institution for its recently acquired German operations. Selected accounts receivable are purchased from the Company on a non-recourse basis at 80% of face value and payment of the remaining 20% upon receipt from the customer of the balance of the receivable purchased. The rate of interest is Euribor plus 2.5%, and the Company pays 0.4% of its gross sales as a fee for this arrangement. The amount outstanding under this agreement was $5,510 at November 30, 2003, and has been included in bank obligations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
(13) Long-Term Debt to Toshiba
As discussed in Note 3, on May 29, 2002, Toshiba purchased an additional 20% of ACC. In connection with the transaction, an $8,107 convertible subordinated note (the Note) was issued to Toshiba. The Note bears interest at a per annum rate equal to 13/4% and interest is payable annually on May 31st of each year, commencing May 31, 2003. The unpaid principal amount shall be due and payable, together with all unpaid interest, on May 31, 2007 and automatically renews for an additional five years. In accordance with the provisions of the Note, Toshiba may convert the balance of the Note into additional shares of ACC in order to maintain a maximum 25% interest in ACC. The total amount outstanding under the Note at November 30, 2003 was $8,107 and has been included as long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
The following is a maturity table for debt and bank obligations outstanding at November 30, 2003:
|
Total Amounts Committed |
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2007 |
2008 |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Lines of credit | $ | 39,940 | $ | 39,940 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Debt | 21,722 | 3,433 | 2,662 | 2,596 | 10,697 | 2,334 | ||||||||||||
Total | $ | 61,662 | $ | 43,373 | $ | 2,662 | $ | 2,596 | $ | 10,697 | $ | 2,334 | ||||||
92
(14) Income Taxes
The components of income (loss) before the provision for (recovery of) income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect of a change in accounting for negative goodwill are as follows:
|
November 30, |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||
|
Note (2) |
|
|
||||||
Domestic Operations | $ | (11,535 | ) | $ | (7,584 | ) | $ | 17,391 | |
Foreign Operations | 53 | 1,181 | 3,645 | ||||||
$ | (11,482 | ) | $ | (6,403 | ) | $ | 21,036 | ||
Total income tax expense (benefit) was allocated as follows:
|
November 30, |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||
|
Note (2) |
|
|
|||||||||
Statement of operations | $ | (3,627 | ) | $ | 12,932 | $ | 9,407 | |||||
Stockholders' equity: | ||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on investment securities recognized for financial reporting purposes | (509 | ) | 260 | 1,063 | ||||||||
Tax benefit of stock options exercised | | (17 | ) | (216 | ) | |||||||
Total income tax expense (benefit) | $ | (4,136 | ) | $ | 13,175 | $ | 10,254 | |||||
The provision for (recovery of) income taxes is comprised of:
|
Federal |
Foreign |
State |
Total |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2001: | ||||||||||||||
Note (2) | ||||||||||||||
Current | $ | (1,751 | ) | $ | 359 | $ | 1,097 | $ | (295 | ) | ||||
Deferred | (2,407 | ) | 153 | (1,078 | ) | (3,332 | ) | |||||||
$ | (4,158 | ) | $ | 512 | $ | 19 | $ | (3,627 | ) | |||||
2002: |
||||||||||||||
Current | $ | (525 | ) | $ | 1,604 | $ | 1,949 | $ | 3,028 | |||||
Deferred | 8,645 | 180 | 1,079 | 9,904 | ||||||||||
$ | 8,120 | $ | 1,784 | $ | 3,028 | $ | 12,932 | |||||||
2003: |
||||||||||||||
Current | $ | 6,643 | $ | 4,153 | $ | 1,079 | $ | 11,875 | ||||||
Deferred | (1,737 | ) | (906 | ) | 175 | (2,468 | ) | |||||||
$ | 4,906 | $ | 3,247 | $ | 1,254 | $ | 9,407 | |||||||
93
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes computed at the Federal statutory rate to income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest and the actual provision for income taxes is as follows:
|
November 30, |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||||||
|
Note (2) |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Tax provision at Federal statutory rates | $ | (4,019 | ) | (35.0 | )% | $ | (2,241 | ) | (35.0 | )% | $ | 7,363 | 35.0 | % | ||
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit | 12 | 0.1 | 338 | 5.3 | 1,132 | 5.4 | ||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets | (227 | ) | (2.0 | ) | 13,090 | 204.4 | (641 | ) | (3.1 | ) | ||||||
Foreign tax rate differential | 448 | 4.0 | 1,372 | 21.4 | 1,971 | 9.4 | ||||||||||
Permanent and other, net | 159 | 1.3 | 373 | 5.9 | (418 | ) | (2.0 | ) | ||||||||
$ | (3,627 | ) | (31.6 | )% | $ | 12,932 | 202.0 | % | $ | 9,407 | 44.7 | % | ||||
The significant components of deferred income tax expense (recovery) for the years ended November 30, 2002 and 2003 are as follows:
|
November 30, |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
|||||
Deferred tax expense (recovery) (exclusive of the effect of other components listed below) | $ | (3,186 | ) | $ | (1,827 | ) | |
Increase (decrease) in the balance of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets | 13,090 | (641 | ) | ||||
$ | 9,904 | $ | (2,468 | ) | |||
94
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred liabilities are presented below:
|
November 30, |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||
Deferred tax assets: | ||||||||||
Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts and cellular deactivations | $ | 1,723 | $ | 2,094 | ||||||
Inventory, principally due to additional costs capitalized for tax purposes pursuant to the Tax Reform Act of 1986 | 1,617 | 1,561 | ||||||||
Inventory, principally due to valuation reserve | 7,521 | 7,480 | ||||||||
Accrual for future warranty costs | 3,249 | 3,460 | ||||||||
Plant, equipment and certain intangibles, principally due to depreciation and amortization | 1,863 | 2,112 | ||||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards, federal, state and foreign | 4,926 | 4,203 | ||||||||
Foreign tax credits | 1,347 | 2,895 | ||||||||
Accrued liabilities not currently deductible and other | 520 | 298 | ||||||||
Investment securities | 719 | (355 | ) | |||||||
Deferred compensation plans | 1,537 | 2,037 | ||||||||
Total gross deferred tax assets | 25,022 | 25,785 | ||||||||
Less: valuation allowance | (13,206 | ) | (12,565 | ) | ||||||
Net deferred tax assets | 11,816 | 13,220 | ||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: | ||||||||||
Issuance of subsidiary shares | (6,867 | ) | (6,867 | ) | ||||||
Total gross deferred tax liabilities | (6,867 | ) | (6,867 | ) | ||||||
Net deferred tax asset | $ | 4,949 | $ | 6,353 | ||||||
The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended November 30, 2003 was a decrease of $641, primarily resulting from a reduction in the valuation allowance recorded on certain of ACC's deferred tax assets. After this valuation allowance, the net deferred tax assets remaining on the consolidated balance sheet represent deferred tax assets generated from the Electronics Group.
A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the Electronics Group's ability to carry back future reversals of deferred tax assets to taxes paid in current and prior years and the Electronics Group's historical taxable income record, adjusted for unusual items, management believes it is more likely than not that the Electronics Group will realize the benefit of the net deferred tax assets existing at November 30, 2003. Further, management believes the existing net deductible temporary differences will reverse during periods in which the Electronics Group generates net taxable income. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will generate any earnings or any specific level of continuing earnings in the future. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable by the Electronics Group, therefore, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.
95
At November 30, 2003, the Wireless Group had a net operating loss carryforward for federal income tax purposes of approximately $6,639, which is available to offset future taxable income, if any, which will expire through the year ended November 30, 2023.
(15) Capital Structure
The Company's capital structure is as follows:
|
|
Shares Authorized November 30, |
Shares Outstanding November 30, |
|
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
Voting Rights Per Share |
|
||||||||||||
Security |
Par Value |
Liquidation Rights |
|||||||||||||
2002 |
2003 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||
Preferred Stock | $ | 50.00 | 50,000 | 50,000 | 50,000 | 50,000 | | $50 per share | |||||||
Series Preferred Stock |
$ |
0.01 |
1,500,000 |
1,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Class A Common Stock |
$ |
0.01 |
60,000,000 |
60,000,000 |
19,559,445 |
19,655,645 |
One |
Ratably with Class B |
|||||||
Class B Common Stock |
$ |
0.01 |
10,000,000 |
10,000,000 |
2,260,954 |
2,260,954 |
Ten |
Ratably with Class A |
The holders of Class A and Class B common stock are entitled to receive cash or property dividends declared by the Board of Directors. The Board can declare cash dividends for Class A common stock in amounts equal to or greater than the cash dividends for Class B common stock. Dividends other than cash must be declared equally for both classes. Each share of Class B common stock may, at any time, be converted into one share of Class A common stock.
The 50,000 shares of non-cumulative Preferred Stock outstanding are owned by Shintom (see Notes 5 and 8) and have preference over both classes of common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution. These shares have no dividend rights.
The Company's Board of Directors approved the repurchase of 1,563,000 shares of the Company's Class A common stock in the open market under a share repurchase program (the Program). As of November 30, 2002 and 2003, 1,072,737 shares were repurchased under the Program at an average price of $7.93 for an aggregate amount of $8,511.
As of November 30, 2002 and 2003, 2,900,317 and 2,804,117 shares, respectively, of the Company's Class A common stock are reserved for issuance under the Company's Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans. During fiscal 2003, 120,000 warrants were issued to outside counsel (Note 16). Warrants are outstanding that may be converted into shares of Code (Note 6).
Undistributed earnings from equity investments included in retained earnings amounted to $4,496 and $6,127 at November 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
96
(16) Stock-Based Compensation and Retirement Plans
(a) Stock Options and Warrants
The Company applies APB No. 25 in accounting for its stock option grants and, accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized in the financial statements for its stock options which have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value of the stock on the date of the grant.
The Company has stock option plans under which employees and non-employee directors may be granted incentive stock options (ISO's) and non-qualified stock options (NQSO's) to purchase shares of Class A common stock. Under the plans, the exercise price of the ISO's will not be less than the market value of the Company's Class A common stock or greater than 110% of the market value of the Company's Class A common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of the NQSO's may not be less than 50% of the market value of the Company's Class A common stock on the date of grant. The options must be exercised no later than ten years after the date of grant. The vesting requirements are determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant.
Compensation expense is recorded with respect to the options based upon the quoted market value of the shares and the exercise provisions at the date of grant. No compensation expense was recorded for stock options during the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
At November 30, 2002 and 2003, 219,253 and 234,253 shares were available for future grants under the terms of these plans, respectively.
(b) Stock Warrants
During fiscal 2003, the Company issued non-transferable warrants for the purchase of 120,000 shares to outside legal counsel. The warrants vested immediately upon issuance, and the exercise price of the warrants was equal to the market price on the date of issuance. In accordance with APB No. 25 and SFAS 123, the Company recorded an expense equal to the fair value of the warrants, as these warrants were issued to non-employees for services performed. Accordingly, the Company recorded $297 of expense during fiscal 2003 for the aforementioned warrants which is reflected in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003.
No stock options or warrants were granted in fiscal 2001 or fiscal 2002.
97
Information regarding the Company's stock options and warrants is summarized below:
|
Number of Shares |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Outstanding at November 30, 2000 | 2,749,900 | $ | 11.61 | |||
Granted | | | ||||
Exercised | (10,000 | ) | 7.69 | |||
Canceled/Lapsed | | | ||||
Outstanding at November 30, 2001 | 2,739,900 | 11.62 | ||||
Granted | | | ||||
Exercised | (16,336 | ) | 7.69 | |||
Canceled/Lapsed | (12,500 | ) | 13.75 | |||
Outstanding at November 30, 2002 | 2,711,064 | 11.64 | ||||
Granted | 120,000 | 11.02 | ||||
Exercised | (96,200 | ) | 6.90 | |||
Canceled/Lapsed | (15,000 | ) | 15.00 | |||
Outstanding at November 30, 2003 | 2,719,864 | $ | 11.76 | |||
Options and warrants exercisable at November 30, 2003 | 2,719,864 | $ | 11.76 | |||
Summarized information about stock options and warrants outstanding as of November 30, 2003 is as follows:
|
Outstanding |
Exercisable |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exercise Price Range |
Number of Shares |
Weighted Average Exercise Price of Shares |
Weighted Average Life Remaining In Years |
Number of Shares |
Weighted Average Price of Shares |
|||||
$4.63-8.00 | 1,026,664 | 7.24 | 3.19 | 1,026,664 | 7.24 | |||||
$8.01-13.00 | 228,200 | 11.30 | 4.22 | 228,200 | 11.30 | |||||
$13.01-15.00 | 1,465,000 | 15.00 | 5.78 | 1,465,000 | 15.00 |
(c) Restricted Stock Plan
The Company has restricted stock plans under which key employees and directors may be awarded restricted stock. Awards under the restricted stock plan may be performance-accelerated shares or performance-restricted shares. There were no performance-restricted accelerated shares or performance-restricted shares granted in 2001, 2002 and 2003.
Compensation expense for the performance-accelerated shares is recorded based upon the quoted market value of the shares on the date of grant. Compensation expense for the performance-restricted shares is recorded based upon the quoted market value of the shares on the balance sheet date. There was no restricted stock outstanding at November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
98
(d) Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In April 2000, the stockholders approved the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of up to 1,000,000 shares. The stock purchase plan provides eligible employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company's Class A common stock through payroll deductions at a minimum of 2% and a maximum of 15% of base salary compensation. Amounts withheld are used to purchase Class A common stock on the open market. The cost to the employee for the shares is equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on or about the quarterly purchase date (December 31, March 31, June 30 or September 30). The Company bears the cost of the remaining 15% of the fair market value of the shares as well as any broker fees.
The Company's employee stock purchase plan is a non-compensatory plan, in accordance with APB No. 25, for which the related expense is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
(e) Profit Sharing Plans/ 401(k) Plan
The Company has established two non-contributory employee profit sharing plans for the benefit of its eligible employees in the United States and Canada. The plans are administered by trustees appointed by the Company. A contribution accrual of $300 and $600 was recorded by the Company for the United States plan in fiscal 2001 and 2003, respectively. No accruals for contributions were recorded by the Company in fiscal 2002. Contributions required by law to be made for eligible employees in Canada were not material for all periods presented.
The Company also has a 401(k) plan for eligible employees. The Company matches a portion of the participant's contributions after one year of service under a predetermined formula based on the participant's contribution level. The Company's contributions were $160, $114 and $135 for the year ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Shares of the Company's Common Stock are not an investment option in the Savings Plan and the Company does not use such shares to match participants' contributions.
(f) Deferred Compensation Plan
Effective December 1, 1999, the Company adopted a Deferred Compensation Plan (the Plan) for a select group of management. The Plan is intended to provide certain executives with supplemental retirement benefits as well as to permit the deferral of more of their compensation than they are permitted to defer under the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan. The Plan provides for a matching contribution equal to 25% of the employee deferrals up to $20. The Plan is not intended to be a qualified plan under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. All compensation deferred under the Plan is held by the Company in an investment trust which is considered an asset of the Company.
The investments, which amounted to $5,280 at November 30, 2003, have been classified as trading securities and are included in investment securities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2003. The return on these underlying investments will determine the amount of earnings credited to the employees. The Company has the option of amending or terminating the Plan at any time. The deferred compensation liability is reflected as a long-term liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2003. Compensation expense and investment income (loss) are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations in connection with this deferred compensation plan.
99
(17) Lease Obligations
During 1998, the Company entered into a 30-year lease for a building with its principal stockholder and chief executive officer. A significant portion of the lease payments, as required under the lease agreement, consists of the debt service payments required to be made by the principal stockholder in connection with the financing of the construction of the building. For financial reporting purposes, the lease has been classified as a capital lease, and, accordingly, a building and the related obligation of approximately $6,340 was recorded (Note 20). The effective interest rate on the capital lease obligation is 8.0%.
During 1998, the Company entered into a sale/leaseback transaction with its principal stockholder and chief executive officer for $2,100 of equipment, which has been classified as an operating lease. The lease is a five-year lease with monthly payments of $34 and has been extended for an additional two years. No gain or loss was recorded on the transaction as the book value of the equipment equaled the fair market value.
At November 30, 2003, the Company was obligated under non-cancelable capital and operating leases for equipment and warehouse facilities for minimum annual rental payments as follows:
|
Capital Lease |
Operating Leases |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2004 | $ | 553 | $ | 3,946 | |||
2005 | 552 | 3,309 | |||||
2006 | 561 | 2,731 | |||||
2007 | 577 | 2,499 | |||||
2008 | 580 | 1,667 | |||||
Thereafter | 10,829 | 188 | |||||
Total minimum lease payments | 13,652 | $ | 14,340 | ||||
Less: amount representing interest | 7,517 | ||||||
Present value of net minimum lease payments | 6,135 | ||||||
Less: current installments included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities | 65 | ||||||
Long-term obligation | $ | 6,070 | |||||
Rental expense for the above-mentioned operating lease agreements and other leases on a month-to-month basis approximated $2,958, $3,191 and $3,735 for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
The Company leases certain facilities and equipment from its principal stockholder and several officers. Rentals for such leases are considered by management of the Company to approximate prevailing market rates. At November 30, 2003, minimum annual rental payments on these related
100
party leases, in addition to the capital lease payments, which are included in the above table, are as follows:
2004 | $ | 1,264 | |
2005 | 1,021 | ||
2006 | 912 | ||
2007 | 940 | ||
2008 | 968 | ||
Thereafter | 119 | ||
$ | 5,224 | ||
(18) Financial Instruments
(a) Off-Balance Sheet Risk
Commercial letters of credit are issued by the Company during the ordinary course of business through major domestic banks as requested by certain suppliers. The Company also issues standby letters of credit principally to secure certain bank obligations of Audiovox Communications Sdn. Bhd. (Note 12). The Company had open commercial letters of credit of approximately $8,129 and $2,541, of which $3,740 and $468 were accrued for purchases incurred as of November 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The terms of these letters of credit are all less than one year. No material loss is anticipated due to nonperformance by the counter parties to these agreements. The fair value of these open commercial and standby letters of credit is estimated to be the same as the contract values based on the nature of the fee arrangements with the issuing banks.
The Company is a party to joint and several guarantees on behalf of G.L.M. which aggregate $300. There is no market for these guarantees and they were issued without explicit cost. Therefore, it is not practicable to establish its fair value.
(b) Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of trade receivables. The Company's customers are located principally in the United States and Canada and consist of, among others, wireless carriers and service providers, distributors, agents, mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs and independent retailers.
At November 30, 2002, one customer, a wireless carrier and service provider, accounted for approximately 27% of consolidated accounts receivable. At November 30, 2003, three wireless customers accounted for 13%, 12% and 12% of consolidated accounts receivable.
During the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, one customer accounted for approximately 35%, 24% and 21% of the Company's fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003 sales, respectively.
The Company generally grants credit based upon analyses of its customers' financial position and previously established buying and payment patterns. For certain customers, the Company establishes collateral rights in accounts receivable and inventory and obtains personal guarantees from certain customers based upon management's credit evaluation.
101
A portion of the Company's customer base may be susceptible to downturns in the retail economy, particularly in the consumer electronics industry. Additionally, customers specializing in certain automotive sound, security and accessory products may be impacted by fluctuations in automotive sales.
(c) Fair Value
The carrying value of all financial instruments classified as a current asset or liability is deemed to approximate fair value because of the short term maturity of these instruments. The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments is as follows:
|
November30, 2002 |
November 30, 2003 |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Carrying Amount |
Fair Value |
Carrying Amount |
Fair Value |
||||||||
Investment securities | $ | 5,405 | $ | 5,405 | $ | 9,512 | $ | 9,512 | ||||
Bank obligations | $ | 36,883 | $ | 36,883 | $ | 39,940 | $ | 39,940 |
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:
Investment Securities
The carrying amount represents fair value, which is based upon quoted market prices at the reporting date (Note 8).
Long-Term Obligations
The carrying amount of bank debt under the Company's revolving credit agreement and foreign debt approximates fair value because the interest rate on the bank debt is reset every quarter to reflect current market rates.
Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
(19) Segment Information
The Company has two reportable segments which are organized by products: Wireless and Electronics. The Wireless segment markets wireless handsets and accessories through domestic and international wireless carriers and their agents, independent distributors and retailers. The Electronics segment sells autosound, mobile electronics and consumer electronics, primarily to mass merchants, specialty retailers, new car dealers, original equipment manufacturers (OEM), independent installers of automotive accessories and the U.S. military.
The Company's chief decision maker evaluates performance of the segments based upon income before provision for income taxes. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (Note 1). The Company allocates interest
102
and certain shared expenses, including treasury, legal and human resources, to the segments based upon estimated usage. Intersegment sales are reflected at cost and have been eliminated in consolidation. A royalty fee on the intersegment sales, which is eliminated in consolidation, is recorded by the segments and included in other income (expense). Certain items are maintained at the Company's corporate headquarters (Corporate) and are not allocated to the segments. They primarily include costs associated with accounting and certain executive officer salaries and bonuses and certain items including investment securities, equity investments, deferred income taxes, certain portions of excess cost over fair value of assets acquired, jointly-used fixed assets and debt. The jointly-used fixed assets are the Company's management information systems, which is jointly used by the Wireless and Electronics segments and Corporate. A portion of the management information systems costs, including depreciation and amortization expense, are allocated to the segments based upon estimates made by management. Segment identifiable assets are those which are directly used in or identified to segment operations.
During the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, one customer of the Wireless segment accounted for approximately 35%, 24% and 21% of the Company's consolidated fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003 sales, respectively. No customers in the Electronics segment exceeded 10% of consolidated sales in fiscal 2001, 2002 or 2003.
|
Wireless |
Electronics |
Corporate |
Consolidated Totals |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2001, Note (2) | ||||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 978,888 | $ | 297,703 | | $ | 1,276,591 | |||||||
Interest income | 138 | 91 | $ | 441 | 670 | |||||||||
Equity in income of equity investees | | 45 | 3,541 | 3,586 | ||||||||||
Interest expense | 7,711 | 2,039 | (4,575 | ) | 5,175 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 878 | 1,408 | 2,190 | 4,476 | ||||||||||
Income (loss) before provision for (recovery of) income taxes and minority interest | (17,656 | ) | 13,623 | (7,449 | ) | (11,482 | ) | |||||||
Total assets | 347,393 | 138,779 | 58,325 | 544,497 | ||||||||||
Goodwill, net | | 370 | 4,362 | 4,732 | ||||||||||
Non-cash items: | ||||||||||||||
Provision for bad debt expense | 629 | 1,091 | 216 | 1,936 | ||||||||||
Deferred income tax (benefit) | | | (3,332 | ) | (3,332 | ) | ||||||||
Minority interest | | | 1,830 | 1,830 | ||||||||||
Capital expenditures | 1,082 | 992 | 795 | 2,869 |
103
|
Wireless |
Electronics |
Corporate |
Consolidated Totals |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2002 | ||||||||||
Net sales |
727,658 |
372,724 |
|
1,100,382 |
||||||
Interest income | 81 | 169 | 259 | 509 | ||||||
Equity in income of equity investees | | 37 | 1,742 | 1,779 | ||||||
Interest expense | 3,984 | 1,605 | (2,409 | ) | 3,180 | |||||
Depreciation and amortization | 1,114 | 1,571 | 2,095 | 4,780 | ||||||
Income (loss) before provision for (recovery of) income taxes, minority interest, and cumulative effect | (24,906 | ) | 17,415 | 1,088 | (6,403 | ) | ||||
Total assets | 304,337 | 209,231 | 37,667 | 551,235 | ||||||
Goodwill, net | | 2,224 | 4,602 | 6,826 | ||||||
Non-cash items: | ||||||||||
Provision for bad debt expense | 3,482 | 1,402 | | 4,884 | ||||||
Deferred income tax expense | | | 9,904 | 9,904 | ||||||
Minority interest | | | 4,616 | 4,616 | ||||||
Capital expenditures | 1,093 | 1,321 | 745 | 3,159 | ||||||
2003 |
||||||||||
Net sales |
806,210 |
517,692 |
|
1,323,902 |
||||||
Interest income | 45 | 254 | 217 | 516 | ||||||
Equity in income of equity investees | | 35 | 3,244 | 3,279 | ||||||
Interest expense | 1,798 | 3,917 | (2,194 | ) | 3,521 | |||||
Depreciation and amortization | 1,056 | 1,884 | 1,641 | 4,581 | ||||||
Income (loss) before provision for (recovery of) income taxes and minority interest | 5,617 | 29,540 | (14,121 | ) | 21,036 | |||||
Total assets | 199,304 | 339,541 | 40,858 | 579,703 | ||||||
Goodwill, net | | 2,930 | 4,602 | 7,532 | ||||||
Non-cash items: | ||||||||||
Provision for bad debt expense | (10 | ) | 576 | | 566 | |||||
Deferred income tax expense | | | (2,468 | ) | (2,468 | ) | ||||
Minority interest | | | 4,993 | 4,993 | ||||||
Capital expenditures | 274 | 1,099 | 4,081 | 5,454 |
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Corporate wrote-off its unamortized negative goodwill of $240 as of the date of adoption, which has been reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for the year ended November 30, 2002. The implementation of SFAS No. 142 was immaterial to the segments.
Goodwill was acquired in connection with the purchase of certain assets of Code-Alarm, Inc. by Code Systems, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Audiovox Electronics Corp. (Note 6).
104
Net sales and long-lived assets by location for the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were as follows.
|
Net Sales |
Long-Lived Assets |
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||
|
Note (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
United States | $ | 1,061,853 | $ | 867,154 | $ | 1,074,547 | $ | 34,820 | $ | 40,506 | $ | 55,256 | ||||||
Canada | 85,796 | 143,368 | 135,952 | | | | ||||||||||||
Argentina | 2,684 | 985 | 64 | | | | ||||||||||||
Peru | 4,148 | 313 | 441 | | | | ||||||||||||
Japan | | | 456 | 6,545 | | | ||||||||||||
Malaysia | 12,570 | 11,637 | 7,720 | 1,220 | 1,038 | 1,010 | ||||||||||||
Venezuela | 22,422 | 16,744 | 2,908 | 8,339 | 852 | 511 | ||||||||||||
Mexico, Central America and Caribbean | 77,134 | 28,655 | 60,093 | | | | ||||||||||||
Chile | 1,077 | 21,711 | 9,776 | | | | ||||||||||||
Europe | | | 27,708 | | | 2,407 | ||||||||||||
Other foreign countries | 8,907 | 9,815 | 4,237 | | | | ||||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,276,591 | $ | 1,100,382 | $ | 1,323,902 | $ | 50,924 | $ | 42,396 | $ | 59,184 | ||||||
(20) Related Party Transactions
A note due from an officer/director of the Company, which bore interest at the LIBOR rate, to be adjusted quarterly, plus 1.25% per annum, was paid in full during fiscal 2002. In addition, at November 30, 2002, the Company had outstanding notes due from various officers of the Company aggregating $235, which have been included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The notes bore interest at the LIBOR rate plus 0.5% per annum. Principal and interest were payable in equal annual installments beginning July 1, 1999 through July 1, 2003. The notes have been paid in full. In addition, no new notes with officers or directors of the Company have been entered into.
The Company also leases certain facilities and equipment from its principal stockholder (Note 17).
During the years ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003, 34%, 38% and 10% of the Company's purchases, respectively, were from Toshiba (Note 3). At November 30, 2002, the Company recorded receivables from Toshiba aggregating approximately $12,219 for price protection and software upgrades. At November 30, 2003, the Company recorded receivables from Toshiba aggregating approximately $709 primarily for software upgrades.
At November 30, 2003, the Company had inventory on hand from Toshiba in the amount of $18,841, which has been recorded in inventory and accounts payable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The payment terms are such that the payable is non-interest bearing and is payable in accordance with the terms established in a distribution agreement with Toshiba, which is 30 days. For certain inventory items, the Company is entitled to receive price protection in the event the selling price to its customers is less than the purchase price from the manufacturer. The Company records such price protection, as necessary, at the time of the sale of the units. For fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, price protection of $4,550, $27,683 and $13,031, respectively, was recorded as a reduction to cost of sales as the related inventory was sold.
105
On May 29, 2002, Toshiba purchased an additional 20% of ACC for $23,900 in cash, bringing Toshiba's total ownership interest in ACC to 25%. In addition, an $8,107 convertible subordinated note (the Note) was issued to Toshiba. The Note bears interest at a per annum rate equal to 13/4% and interest is payable annually on May 31st of each year, commencing May 31, 2003. The unpaid principle amount shall be due and payable, together with all unpaid interest, on May 31, 2007 and automatically renews for an additional five years. In accordance with the provisions of the Note, Toshiba may convert the balance of the Note into additional shares of ACC in order to maintain a maximum 25% interest in ACC.
In connection with the transaction, ACC and Toshiba formalized a distribution agreement whereby ACC will be Toshiba's exclusive distributor for the sale of Toshiba products in the United States, Canada, Mexico and all countries in the Caribbean and Central and South America through May 29, 2007. Pursuant to the agreement, the put right is only exercisable if ACC terminates the distribution agreement or if another strategic investor acquires a direct or indirect equity ownership interest in excess of 20% in the Company. Toshiba maintains a put right and the Company a call right, to repurchase all of the shares held by the other party for a price equal to the fair market value of the shares as calculated in accordance with the agreement. Audiovox's call right is only exercisable if Toshiba elects to terminate the distribution agreement after its initial five (5) year term (see Note 3).
(21) Commitments and Contingencies
Contingencies
The Company is currently, and has in the past been, a party to routine litigation incidental to its business. From time to time, the Company receives notification of alleged violations of registered patent holders' rights. The Company has either been indemnified by its manufacturers in these matters, obtained the benefit of a patent license or has decided to vigorously defend such claims.
On September 17, 2003, AEC settled the action for patent infringement that was instituted by Nissho Iwai American Corporation against AEC in the United State District Court for the Southern District of New York. Pursuant to the settlement Nissho granted AEC a non-exclusive license for a payment covering any alleged past infringements and a per unit payment for future infringement. Neither party to the lawsuit admitted any liability or any merit to the allegations of either party.
The Company and ACC, along with other manufacturers of wireless phones and cellular service providers, were named as defendants in two class action lawsuits alleging non-compliance with FCC ordered emergency 911 call processing capabilities. These lawsuits were consolidated and transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, which in turn referred the cases to the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") to determine if the manufacturers and service providers are in compliance with the FCC's order on emergency 911 call processing capabilities. The Company and ACC intend to vigorously defend this matter. However, no assurances regarding the outcome of this matter can be given at this point in the litigation.
In June 2003, ACC settled the litigation it had instituted against Northcoast Communications, LLC ("Northcoast"). ACC received a partial payment of its claimed amount from Northcoast. In addition, Northcoast withdrew its counterclaims with prejudice. A Stipulation of Discontinuance with prejudice was filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of Suffolk.
106
During 2001, the Company, along with other suppliers, manufacturers and distributors of hand-held wireless telephones, was named as a defendant in five class action lawsuits alleging damages relating to exposure to radio frequency radiation from hand-held wireless telephones. These class actions have been consolidated and transferred to a Multi-District Litigation Panel before the United States District Court of the District of Maryland. On March 5, 2003, Judge Catherine C. Blake of the United States District Court for the District of Maryland granted the defendants' consolidated motion to dismiss these complaints. Plaintiffs have appealed to the United States Circuit Court of Appeals, Fourth Circuit. The appeal pending before the United States Circuit Court of Appeals, Fourth Circuit in the consolidated class action lawsuits (Pinney, Farina, Gilliam, Gimpelson and Naquin) against ACC and other suppliers, manufacturers and distributors as well as wireless carriers of hand-held wireless telephones alleging damages relating to risk of exposure to radio frequency radiation from the wireless telephones has not yet been heard. It is anticipated that the appeal will be heard in May 2004.
The Company had been the subject of an administrative agency investigation involving alleged reimbursement of a fixed nominal amount of federal campaign contributions during the years 1995 and 1996. During the third quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company entered into a Conciliation Agreement and paid a civil penalty in the amount of $620.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2003, a certain Venezuelan employee, who is also a minority shareholder in Audiovox Venezuela, submitted a claim to the Venezuela Labor Court for severance compensation of approximately $560. The Court approved the claim and it was paid and expensed by Audiovox Venezuela in the third quarter of fiscal 2003. The Company is challenging the payment of this claim and will seek reimbursement from the Venezuelan shareholder or the Company's insurance carrier.
The Company does not expect the outcome of any pending litigation, separately and in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on its business, consolidated financial position or results of operations.
Commitments
The Company has guaranteed the borrowings of one of its 50%-owned equity investees (GLM) at a maximum of $300. During the second quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company adopted FIN 45, "Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantors, Including Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" (FIN 45). The Company has not modified this guarantee after December 31, 2002. No liability has been recorded for this guarantee on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
ACC entered into an employment agreement with the President and Chief Executive Officer (the Executive) of ACC through May 29, 2007 (Note 3). Under the agreement, ACC is required to pay the Executive an annual base salary of $500 in addition to an annual bonus equal to 2% of ACC's annual earnings before income taxes.
107
(22) Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data
Selected unaudited, quarterly financial data of the Company for the years ended November 30, 2002 and 2003 appears below:
|
QUARTER ENDED |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Feb. 28 |
May 31 |
Aug. 31 |
Nov. 30 |
||||||
|
Note (2) |
Note (2) |
Note (2) |
|
||||||
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) |
|||||||||
2002 | ||||||||||
Net sales | 184,269 | 297,267 | 301,992 | 316,853 | ||||||
Gross profit | 13,723 | 18,653 | 27,468 | 14,755 | ||||||
Operating expenses | 18,946 | 24,089 | 21,283 | 24,356 | ||||||
Income (loss) before provision for (recovery of) income taxes, minority interest, and cumulative effect | (7,554 | ) | 7,737 | 4,985 | (11,571 | ) | ||||
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes | (1,500 | ) | 4,320 | 2,416 | 7,696 | |||||
Minority interest income | 557 | 256 | 49 | 4,193 | ||||||
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change for negative goodwill | (5,497 | ) | 3,673 | 2,618 | (15,074 | ) | ||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change for negative goodwill | 240 | | | | ||||||
Net income (loss) | (5,257 | ) | 3,673 | 2,618 | (15,074 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change for negative goodwill: | ||||||||||
Basic | (0.25 | ) | 0.17 | 0.12 | (0.69 | ) | ||||
Diluted | (0.25 | ) | 0.17 | 0.12 | (0.69 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) | ||||||||||
Basic | (0.24 | ) | 0.17 | 0.12 | (0.69 | ) | ||||
Diluted | (0.24 | ) | 0.17 | 0.12 | (0.69 | ) |
|
QUARTER ENDED |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Feb. 28 |
May 31 |
Aug. 31 |
Nov. 30 |
||||||
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) |
|||||||||
2003 | ||||||||||
Net sales | 296,818 | 301,010 | 265,822 | 460,252 | ||||||
Gross profit | 25,468 | 25,612 | 27,831 | 45,295 | ||||||
Operating expenses | 21,007 | 22,558 | 25,381 | 33,457 | ||||||
Income before provision for income taxes, minority interest, and cumulative effect | 2,628 | 3,355 | 2,442 | 12,611 | ||||||
Provision for income taxes | 1,040 | 918 | 2,606 | 4,843 | ||||||
Minority interest income (expense) | (380 | ) | (363 | ) | 811 | (458 | ) | |||
Net income | 1,208 | 2,074 | 647 | 7,310 | ||||||
Net income per common share before cumulative effect: | ||||||||||
Basic | 0.06 | 0.10 | 0.03 | 0.33 | ||||||
Diluted | 0.05 | 0.09 | 0.03 | 0.33 | ||||||
Net income | ||||||||||
Basic | 0.06 | 0.10 | 0.03 | 0.33 | ||||||
Diluted | 0.05 | 0.09 | 0.03 | 0.33 |
108
(23) Fourth Quarter Adjustments for Fiscal 2002
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company recorded the following adjustments to its statement of operations (i) a $13,090 valuation allowance for deferred tax assets that were considered more likely than not to be unrecoverable related to the Wireless segment (Note 14); (ii) an inventory obsolescence charge of $7,665 and $2,725 for the Wireless Group and Electronics Group, respectively, relating to inventory (Note 1); (iii) a $1,158 other-than-temporary impairment charge related to investment securities (Note 8); (iv) a $2,091 bad debt reserve related to certain customers whose financial condition and ability to pay their outstanding receivables became doubtful during the fourth quarter; and (v) the reversal of unearned sales incentives of $763 and $947 for the Wireless Group and Electronics Group, respectively. The Company has determined that none of these adjustments relate to prior quarters.
(24) Accrued Sales Incentives
During the quarter ended May 31, 2002, the Company adopted the provisions of EITF 01-9. As a result of adopting EITF 01-9 in 2002, the Company has reclassified co-operative advertising, market development funds and volume incentive rebate costs (collectively sales incentives), which were previously included in selling expenses, to net sales as the Company does not receive an identifiable benefit in connection with these costs. As a result of this reclassification, net sales and selling expenses, after restatement, were reduced by $11,100 for the year ended November 30, 2001. There was no further impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements as a result of the adoption of EITF 01-9 as the Company's historical accounting policy with respect to the recognition and measure of sales incentives is consistent with EITF 01-9.
A summary of the activity with respect to sales incentives for the last three years on a segment and consolidated basis is provided below:
Wireless
|
Fiscal 2001 |
Fiscal 2002 |
Fiscal 2003 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Note (2) |
|
|
|||||||
Opening balance | $ | 11,700 | $ | 5,209 | $ | 7,525 | ||||
Accruals | 19,680 | 31,186 | 21,327 | |||||||
Payments | (13,616 | ) | (25,654 | ) | (20,426 | ) | ||||
Reversals for unearned incentives | (7,535 | ) | (570 | ) | (393 | ) | ||||
Reversals for unclaimed incentives | (5,020 | ) | (2,646 | ) | (744 | ) | ||||
Ending balance | $ | 5,209 | $ | 7,525 | $ | 7,289 | ||||
109
Electronics
|
Fiscal 2001 |
Fiscal 2002 |
Fiscal 2003 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Note (2) |
|
|
|||||||
Opening balance | $ | 2,894 | $ | 3,265 | $ | 4,626 | ||||
Accruals** | 5,789 | 7,665 | 19,994 | |||||||
Payments | (3,604 | ) | (4,804 | ) | (8,212 | ) | ||||
Reversals for unearned incentives | (1,516 | ) | (784 | ) | (917 | ) | ||||
Reversals for unclaimed incentives | (298 | ) | (716 | ) | (886 | ) | ||||
Ending balance | $ | 3,265 | $ | 4,626 | $ | 14,605 | ||||
Consolidated
|
Fiscal 2001 Note (2) |
Fiscal 2002 |
Fiscal 2003 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Opening balance | $ | 14,594 | $ | 8,474 | $ | 12,151 | ||||
Accruals | 25,469 | 38,851 | 41,321 | |||||||
Payments | (17,220 | ) | (30,458 | ) | (28,638 | ) | ||||
Reversals | (14,369 | ) | (4,716 | ) | (2,940 | ) | ||||
Ending balance | $ | 8,474 | $ | 12,151 | $ | 21,894 | ||||
The majority of the reversals of previously established sales incentive liabilities pertain to sales recorded in prior periods.
(25) Subsequent Event
On February 19, 2004, the Company announced that it signed a non-binding letter of intent to sell a controlling interest in the Company's wireless subsidiary, ACC to Curitel Communications Inc., (or one of its affiliates or subsidiaries) a leading mobile phone manufacturer in South Korea (Curitel). Currently, Audiovox owns 75% of ACC and Toshiba owns the remaining interest.
The transaction is subject to a number of contingencies, including satisfactory completion of due diligence, negotiation and signing of definitive agreements and requisite approvals. The terms of the transaction have not been finalized. The Company must also consider all proposals submitted and there can be no assurances that this, or any other transaction, will be completed or as to any terms that may be negotiated.
110
Item 9Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
(a) Previous Principal Independent Accountants and Auditors.
(i) On October 16, 2003, the Board of Directors of Registrant approved a resolution authorizing the dismissal of KPMG LLP ("KPMG") effective as of the close of business on that date. The decision of the Board of Directors was based on the recommendation of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. KPMG had been engaged as the Registrant's principal accountants since 1980.
(ii) The audit reports of KPMG on the Registrant's consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended November 30, 2002 and 2001 did not contain any adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, except for a modification of accounting principles as their report included a reference to a footnote which discusses that effective December 1, 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (Statement) No. 141, "Business Combinations" and Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" and a reference to a footnote which discusses that the consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2001 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001 were restated.
(iii) In connection with the audits of the two fiscal years ended November 30, 2002 and 2001, and the subsequent interim periods preceding the date of determination of termination of the engagement of KPMG, the Registrant was not in disagreement with KPMG on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement, if not resolved to the satisfaction of KPMG, would have caused KPMG to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their reports.
(iv) In connection with the audits of the two fiscal years ended November 30, 2002 and 2001, and the subsequent interim periods preceding the date of determination of termination of the engagement of KPMG, there were no "reportable events" except that KPMG reported to the Registrant's Audit Committee that KPMG considered two matters involving internal controls and their operation to be material weaknesses. Specifically, in connection with its audit of the consolidated financial statements of Registrant and its subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002, KPMG reported that a material weakness existed related to the technical competence of the Registrant's accounting personnel and recommended significantly enhancing the accounting staff. The Registrant is addressing this concern and is in the process of enhancing its accounting staff. Additionally, KPMG reported that it considered a deficiency in internal controls over sales incentives arrangements with its customers to be a material weakness. Included in KPMG's recommendations in this area was a standardized approach to the documentation of sales incentive arrangements, both internally and externally. A similar issue, relative to the Registrant's Wireless segment, was also reported to the Audit Committee of Registrant by KPMG in March 2002. The Registrant began implementing KPMG's recommendations for its Wireless and Electronics segments in November 2002 and May 2003, respectively.
(b) New Principal Independent Accountants and Auditors.
On October 16, 2003, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Registrant engaged Grant Thornton LLP as the Registrant's certifying accountants for the fiscal year ending November 30, 2003. The Registrant has not consulted with Grant Thornton LLP during its two most recent fiscal years nor during any subsequent interim period prior to its appointment as auditor for the fiscal year 2003 audit regarding the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on Registrant's consolidated financial statements.
Item 9aControls and Procedures
Under the direction of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and concluded that
111
(i) our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of November 30, 2003, and (ii) no change in internal control over financial reporting occurred during the quarter ended November 30, 2003 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over financial reporting.
Item 10Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
See the information set forth in the section entitled "Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K/A.
The Board of Directors and Committees
The Board of Directors has standing Executive, Audit and Compensation Committees.
Board of Directors
The Board of Directors has an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee but does not have a standing nominating committee. The Board of Directors held five meetings and acted by consent seven times during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003. All incumbent directors attended 75% or more of the aggregate number of Board and related committee meetings during the year.
Executive Committee
The Executive Committee which held no meetings during fiscal 2003, consisted of five members, namely, John J. Shalam, Philip Christopher, Charles M. Stoehr, Paul C. Kreuch, Jr. and Dennis F. McManus. The primary function of the Executive Committee is to act upon matters when the Board is not in session. The Committee has full power and authority of the Board in the management and conduct of the business and affairs of Audiovox Corporation ("Audiovox" or the "Company").
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee, which held twelve meetings and acted by consent once in fiscal 2003, consists of four members, namely, Paul C. Kreuch, Jr., Dennis F. McManus, Irving Halevy and Peter A. Lesser. The Board of Directors has determined that each of the four members is independent and able to read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with the rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD"). The Board of Directors has also determined that at least one member of the audit committee has past employment experience in finance or accounting. The functions of the Audit Committee are described below under the heading Audit Committee Report.
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee, which held one meeting and acted by consent once in fiscal 2003, consisted of four members, namely, Messrs. Kreuch, McManus, Halevy and Lesser. The Compensation Committee recommends to the Board of Directors remuneration arrangements for senior management and the directors, approves and administers other compensation plans, including the profit sharing plan of the Company, in which officers, directors and employees participate.
Compensation of Directors
For their service, members of the Board of Directors who are not salaried employees receive an annual retainer of $15,000 and $500 for each meeting attended.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The Compensation Committee is currently comprised of four independent directors, Paul C. Kreuch, Jr., Dennis McManus, Irving Halevy and Peter Lesser.
112
The following Audit Committee Report, Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation and Performance Graph do not constitute soliciting material and should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other Audiovox filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates this information by reference therein.
The Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for providing independent, objective oversight of the quality and integrity of the Company's accounting and auditing functions, internal controls and financial reporting practices. The full responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set forth in its written charter which was approved by the Company's Board of Directors.
In fulfillment of its responsibilities, the Audit Committee met with management and the Company's independent auditors, Grant Thornton LLP ("Grant Thornton"), to review and discuss all financial statements included or to be included in the Company's annual report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003 (the "Financial Statements"). The Audit Committee also discussed with Grant Thornton the matters required to be discussed by the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, received the written disclosure from Grant Thornton required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1 (Independence Discussions with Audit Committees) and discussed with Grant Thornton that firm's independence.
Finally, the Audit Committee continued to monitor the integrity of the Company's financial reporting processes and its internal procedures and controls.
Based upon the Audit Committee's discussions with management and the independent accountants and the Audit Committee's review of the representations of management and Grant Thornton, the Audit Committee is satisfied that its responsibilities under the charter for the period ended November 30, 2003, were met and that the financial reporting processes of the Company are functioning efficiently.
Members
of the Audit Committee
Paul C. Kreuch, Jr. (Chairman)
Dennis F. McManus
Irving Halevy
Peter A. Lesser
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers, directors and persons who own more than ten percent (10%) of a registered class of our equity securities ("Reporting Persons") to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership on Forms 3, 4 and 5 with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the Nasdaq Stock Market ("Nasdaq"). These Reporting Persons are required by SEC regulation to furnish us with copies of all Form 3, 4 and 5 they file with the SEC and Nasdaq. Based solely upon our review of the copies of the forms we have received, we believe that all Reporting Persons complied on a timely basis with all filing requirements applicable to them with respect to transactions during fiscal 2003.
Item 11Executive Compensation
Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation
Responsibilities of the Committee
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and approves compensation for Audiovox Corporation's executive officers and oversees and administers Audiovox's stock option and restricted stock plans. The Compensation Committee recommends compensation for the Chief Executive Officer subject to the Board of Directors approval of such recommendations. The Chief
113
Executive Officer submits recommended compensation levels for other executive officers of Audiovox to the Compensation Committee for its review and approval, subject to applicable employment agreements. Each member of the Compensation Committee is a non-employee independent Director of Audiovox. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has furnished the following report on executive compensation for fiscal 2003.
What is Audiovox's Philosophy of Executive Officer Compensation?
Our compensation programs are designed to attract and retain talented executives and motivate them to achieve corporate and business objectives that will increase stockholder value. To attain both near and long term corporate goals, it is our policy to provide incentives to senior management and reward outstanding performance and contributions to Audiovox's businesses. Consequently, Audiovox's compensation program for its executives includes a competitive base salary, a performance-based annual bonus and stock-based compensation. This approach to executive compensation enables Audiovox to attract and retain executives of outstanding ability while ensuring that our executives' compensation advances the interests of our shareholders. Consequently, a large proportion of our executives' compensation, the annual bonus, is dependent in significant part on Audiovox's performance. Although Audiovox does not have employment agreements with any of its executive officers, Mr. Christopher's compensation is governed by an employment agreement with Audiovox Communications Corp. ("ACC"), a majority-owned subsidiary of Audiovox. (See discussion under the caption "Employment Agreements".)
Base Salary
Salaries for the executive officers are designed to attract and retain qualified and dedicated executive officers. Annually, the Committee reviews salary recommendations made by Audiovox's Chief Executive Officer and evaluates individual responsibility levels, experience, performance and length of service. Base salaries for Audiovox's executive officers are fixed at levels commensurate with competitive amounts paid to senior executives with comparable qualifications at companies engaged in the same or similar businesses.
Annual Bonus
Bonus compensation provides Audiovox with a means of rewarding performance based upon attainment of corporate profitability during the fiscal year. For fiscal 2003, the Compensation Committee established bonus compensation formulas for its executives based upon the pre-tax earnings of the Company. The annual bonus paid to Mr. Lavelle is based upon the achievement of fiscal goals within Audiovox Electronics Corp. ("AEC"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Audiovox. Mr. Christopher's annual bonus for fiscal 2003 was paid pursuant to his employment agreement.
Stock Options
During fiscal 2003, no stock options were granted to the Company's employees, including the Company's executive officers.
How is the Chief Executive Officer Compensated?
The Compensation Committee has fixed the base salary of the Chief Executive Officer based on competitive compensation data, the Committee's assessment of Mr. Shalam's past performance and its expectation as to his future contributions in guiding and directing Audiovox and its business. Mr. Shalam's bonus for fiscal 2003 was calculated on Audiovox's pre-income tax profit before extraordinary items and other non-recurring transactions of the Company in accordance with Audiovox's Executive Officer Bonus Plan which was approved by the shareholders in 2000.
114
How is Audiovox Addressing Internal Revenue Code Limits on Deductibility of Compensation?
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows a tax deduction to public corporations for compensation over $1,000,000 paid for any fiscal year to the corporation's chief executive officer and four other most highly compensated executive officers as of the end of any fiscal year. However, the statute exempts qualifying performance-based compensation from the deduction limit if certain requirements are met. The Compensation Committee currently intends to structure performance-based compensation, including stock option grants and annual bonuses, to executive officers who may be subject to Section 162(m) in a manner that satisfies those requirements. The Board and the Compensation Committee reserve the authority to award non-deductible compensation in other circumstances as they deem appropriate. Further, because of ambiguities and uncertainties as to the application and interpretation of Section 162(m) and the regulations issued thereunder, no assurance can be given, notwithstanding the Company's efforts, that compensation intended by the Company to satisfy the requirements for deductibility under Section 162(m) does in fact do so.
Members
of the Compensation Committee
PAUL C. KREUCH, JR.
DENNIS F. MCMANUS
IRVING HALEVY
PETER A. LESSER
The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth the compensation earned by the individual who served as the Company's Chief Executive Officer during fiscal year 2003 and the four other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as such as of November 30, 2003 (collectively, the "Named Officers").
|
Annual Compensation(1) |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name and Principal Position |
Year |
Salary(2) |
Bonus |
All Other Compensation(3) |
||||
John J. Shalam President and CEO |
2003 2002 2001 |
450,000 450,677 450,000 |
673,500 128,669 122,000 |
12,376 11,025 9,185 |
||||
Philip Christopher Executive Vice President |
2003 2002 2001 |
507,000 476,419 450,000 |
(4) |
112,000 1,800,000 117,000 |
4,179 2,762 8,234 |
|||
Charles M. Stoehr Senior Vice President and CFO |
2003 2002 2001 |
325,000 326,418 325,000 |
224,500 242,890 41,000 |
5,831 4,253 8,234 |
||||
Patrick M. Lavelle Senior Vice President |
2003 2002 2001 |
200,000 201,277 200,000 |
1,588,532 1,204,508 655,636 |
3,814 1,980 7,998 |
||||
Richard A. Maddia Vice President,Information Systems |
2003 2002 2001 |
175,500 176,209 175,000 |
75,000 37,500 65,000 |
1,976 1,213 7,409 |
115
Effective May 29, 2002, ACC entered into an employment agreement with Philip Christopher (the "Agreement"). The Agreement, unless terminated earlier, shall continue until May 29, 2007 and thereafter shall automatically extend by consecutive twelve-month periods unless terminated by ACC on written notice.
Pursuant to the Agreement, Mr. Christopher receives a base salary of $500,000, subject to annual Consumer Price Index increases, and an annual bonus equal to two percent (2%) of ACC's annual earnings before income taxes.
The Agreement further provides for equity incentives, vesting of stock options, reimbursement of reasonable business expenses and use of an automobile. The Agreement also provided for a bonus pool of $3.2 million in fiscal 2002, of which Mr. Christopher received $1.8 million (See Bonus disclosure in the Summary Compensation Table).
In the event ACC terminates Mr. Christopher's employment without cause or if Mr. Christopher resigns his employment within ninety (90) days after: a significant adverse change in his authority and responsibilities; a reduction in his base salary; nonpayment of his bonus; or a material breach by ACC of any obligation under this Agreement, Mr. Christopher is entitled to receive a separation payment equal to his salary for the remainder of the contract term, plus an average annual bonus plus a cash payment of one million dollars. Mr. Christopher will not be entitled to a separation payment if his employment with ACC is terminated for any reason after the fifth anniversary of the effective date.
The Agreement also contains non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that are effective for one year following termination of employment for any reason.
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year (2003)
No options were granted in the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003.
116
Aggregate Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
The following table sets forth information concerning option exercises in fiscal year 2003 and option holdings as of November 30, 2003 with respect to each of the Named Officers. No stock appreciation rights were outstanding at the end of 2003.
|
|
|
Number of Securities Underlying Options at November 30, 2003 |
Value* of In-the-money Options at November 30, 2003 |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name |
Shares Acquired on Exercise |
Value Realized ($) |
Exercisable/ Unexercisable |
Exercisable/ Unexercisable |
||||||
John J. Shalam | N/A | N/A | 525,000/0 | $ | 3,614,125/$0 | |||||
Philip Christopher | N/A | N/A | 1,011,000/0 | $ | 2,513,545/$0 | |||||
Charles M. Stoehr | N/A | N/A | 172,500/0 | $ | 357,788/$0 | |||||
Patrick M. Lavelle | 34,500 | $ | 312,085 | 211,200/0 | $ | 70,364/$0 | ||||
Richard A. Maddia | N/A | N/A | 40,000/0 | $ | 125,650/$0 |
COMPARE 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG AUDIOVOX CORPORATION,
NASDAQ MARKET INDEX AND SIC CODE INDEX
The annual changes for the five-year period are based on the assumption that $100 had been invested on December 1, 1998, and that all quarterly dividends were reinvested. The total cumulative dollar returns shown on the graph represent the value that such investments would have had on November 30, 2003.
117
Item 12Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The following table sets forth, as of March 24, 2004, certain information with respect to shares beneficially owned by (i) each person who is known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors and the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table and (iii) all current directors and executive officers as a group.
Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. Under this rule, certain shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by more than one person (if, for example, persons share the power to vote or the power to dispose of the shares). In addition, shares are deemed to be beneficially owned by a person if the person has the right to acquire shares (for example, upon exercise of an option or warrant) within sixty (60) days of the date as of which the information is provided. In computing the percentage ownership of any person, the number of shares is deemed to include the number of shares beneficially owned by such person (and only such person) by reason of such acquisition rights. As a result, the percentage of outstanding shares of any person as shown in the following table does not necessarily reflect the person's actual voting power at any particular date.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) |
Amount of Beneficial Ownership (2) |
Percent of Outstanding Shares |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
John J. Shalam | 4,588,129(3 | ) | 19.6 | % | ||
Philip Christopher | 1,215,474 | 5.6 | % | |||
Patrick M. Lavelle | 228,578 | 1.1 | % | |||
Charles M. Stoehr | 186,500 | * | ||||
Richard Maddia | 45,040 | * | ||||
Ann M. Boutcher | 14,123 | * | ||||
Paul C. Kreuch, Jr. | 12,000 | * | ||||
Dennis F. McManus | 10,000 | * | ||||
Irving Halevy | | * | ||||
Peter Lesser | | * | ||||
All directors and officers as a group (10 persons) | 6,299,844 | 25.3 | % | |||
Name and Address of Other 5% Holders of Common Stock |
||||||
Dimensional Fund Advisors, Inc.(4) |
1,394,860 |
6.7 |
% |
|||
1299 Ocean Ave, 11th Floor | ||||||
Santa Monica, CA 90401 | ||||||
Barclays Global Investors, N.A.(5) | 1,069,622 | 5.2 | % | |||
45 Fremont Street | ||||||
San Francisco, CA 94105 | ||||||
Kahn Brothers & Co., Inc.(6) | 1,693,445 | 8.2 | % | |||
1299 Ocean Ave, 11th Floor | ||||||
Santa Monica, CA 90401 |
118
Item 13Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
We lease some of our equipment, office, warehouse and distribution facilities from entities in which our executive officer owns a controlling interest. The following table identifies leases that result in payments in excess of $60,000 to any of the related entities.
Real Property Location |
Expiration Date |
Owner of Property |
Rent Paid During Fiscal Year 2003 |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
150 Marcus Blvd. Hauppauge, NY |
November 30, 2008 | 150 Marcus Blvd. Realty LLC(1) | $ | 538,144 | |||
16808 Marquardt Avenue Cerritos, CA | March 31, 2009 | Marquardt Associates(2) | 306,206 | ||||
555 Wireless Blvd. Hauppauge, NY |
September 30, 2006 | Wireless Blvd. Realty, LLC(3) | 570,684 | ||||
110 Marcus Blvd. Hauppauge, NY |
Terminated November 1, 2003 | 110 Marcus Blvd. Realty LLC(4) | 211,874 | ||||
Equipment Location |
|||||||
555 Wireless Blvd. Hauppauge, NY |
March 31, 2005 |
Wireless Blvd. Realty, LLC(3) |
410,640 |
119
We believe that the terms of each of the leases are no less favorable to us than those that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. To the extent that conflicts of interest arise between us and such persons in the future, such conflicts will be resolved by a committee of disinterested directors.
Item 14Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company has appointed the firm Grant Thornton to serve as independent auditors of the Company for the fiscal year ending November 30, 2004, subject to ratification of this appointment by the stockholders of the Company. Grant Thornton was first appointed in October 2003 and replaced KPMG LLP ("KPMG"), which had served as independent auditors of the Company for many years. Grant Thornton audited the Company's financial statements at November 30, 2003 and for the 2003 fiscal year, and is considered by management of the Company to be well qualified. The firm has advised the Company that neither it nor any of its members has any direct or material indirect financial interest in the Company.
For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003, the Company paid the following fees to Grant Thornton (and its affiliates) for services rendered during the year or for the audit in respect of that year:
Fee Type |
(In Thousands) |
||
---|---|---|---|
Audit Fees(1) | $ | 1,213 | |
Audit-Related Fees(2) | 79 | ||
Tax Fees(3) | 21 | ||
All Other Fees | | ||
Total | $ | 1,313 | |
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has considered whether the provision of non-audit services by Grant Thornton is compatible with maintaining auditor independence. In 2003, the Audit Committee adopted a policy concerning approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by Grant Thornton. The policy requires that all services Grant Thornton may provide to the Company, including audit services and permitted audit-related and non-audit services, be pre-approved by the Committee. The Chairman of the Audit Committee may approve certain permitted non-audit services in between Committee meetings, which services are subsequently reported to and approved by the Committee. In addition, for particular permitted services, the Chief Financial Officer may approve the engagement of Grant Thornton provided such engagement will amount to fees of less than $50,000 and such engagement is reported to the Chairman of the Committee and reported to and ratified by the Committee at its next meeting.
One or more representatives of Grant Thornton will be present at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, will have an opportunity to make a statement if he or she desires to do so and will be available to respond to appropriate questions.
120
Item 15Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K
(a) (1)
The following are included in Item 8 of this Report:
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants: Grant Thornton LLP
Independent Auditors' Report: KPMG LLP
Consolidated Balance Sheets of Audiovox Corporation and Subsidiaries as of November 30, 2002 and 2003.
Consolidated Statements of Operations of Audiovox Corporation and Subsidiaries for the Years Ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) of Audiovox Corporation and Subsidiaries for the Years Ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Audiovox Corporation and Subsidiaries for the Years Ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules of the Registrant for the Years Ended November 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
Independent Auditors' Report on Financial Statement Schedule: KPMG LLP (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2003).
Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2003).
All other financial statement schedules not listed are omitted because they are either not required or the information is otherwise included.
(3) Exhibits
See Item 15(c) for Index of Exhibits.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
(c) Exhibits
Exhibit Number |
Description |
|
---|---|---|
3.1 |
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1; No. 33-107, filed May 4, 1987). |
|
3.1a |
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 1993). |
|
3.1b |
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2000). |
|
3.2 |
By-laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1; No. 33-10726, filed May 4, 1987). |
|
121
10.1 |
The Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among the Registrant and the several banks and financial institutions dated as of July 28, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on October 27, 1999). |
|
10.2 |
First Amendment, dated as of October 13, 1999, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among the Registrant and the several banks and financial institutions (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on October 27, 1999). |
|
10.3 |
Second Amendment, dated as of December 20, 1999, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among the Registrant and the several banks and financial institutions (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on January 13, 2000). |
|
10.4 |
Securities Purchase Agreement made and entered into as of May 29, 2002, by and among Toshiba Corporation, Audiovox Communications Corp. and Audiovox Corporation (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 6, 2002). |
|
10.5 |
Stockholders Agreement made and entered into as of May 29, 2002, by and among Toshiba Corporation, Audiovox Communications Corp. and Audiovox Corporation (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 6, 2002). |
|
10.6 |
Distribution Agreement made and entered into as of May 29, 2002, by and between Toshiba Corporation and Audiovox Communications Corp.(incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 6, 2002). |
|
10.7 |
Non-Negotiable Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note dated May 31, 2002 by Audiovox Communications Corp. in favor of Toshiba Corporation (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 6, 2002). |
|
10.8 |
Employment Agreement effective as of May 29, 2002 by and among Audiovox Communications Corp., Philip Christopher and Audiovox Corporation (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 6, 2002). |
|
10.9 |
Trademark License Agreement made as of May 29, 2002 between Audiovox Corporation and Audiovox Communications Corp.(incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 6, 2002). |
|
10.10 |
Non-Negotiable Demand Note dated May 29, 2002 by Audiovox Communications Corp. in favor of Audiovox Corporation (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 6, 2002). |
|
10.11 |
Sixth Amendment and Consent, dated as of May 28, 2002 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1999 (as amended) among Audiovox Corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (collectively the "Lenders") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative and collateral agent for the Lenders (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 6, 2002). |
|
10.12 |
Waiver dated as of March 13, 2003 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1999 among Audiovox Corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (collectively the "Lenders") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative and collateral agent for the Lenders (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on March 14, 2003). |
|
122
10.13 |
Amendment and Waiver dated as of June 10, 2003 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1999 among Audiovox Corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (collectively the "Lenders") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative and collateral agent for the Lenders (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on June 12, 2003). |
|
10.14 |
Ninth Amendment effective June 26, 2003 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 28, 1999 among Audiovox Corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (collectively the "Lenders") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative and collateral agent for the Lenders (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on July 1, 2003). |
|
10.15 |
First Amended and Restated Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2003, by and among Recoton Recoton Audio Corporation, Recoton Home Audio, Inc., Recoton Mobile Electronics, Inc., Recoton International Holdings, Inc. ("RIH"), Recoton Corporation and Recoton Canada Ltd. (collectively, the "Sellers"), JAX Assets Corp. ("Buyer") and Audiovox Corporation ("Registrant"), as guarantor (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed via EDGAR on July 23, 2003). |
|
10.16 |
Long Term Incentive Compensation Award to John J. Shalam (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2002). |
|
10.17 |
Long Term Incentive Compensation Award to Philip Christopher (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2002). |
|
21 |
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2003). |
|
23.1 |
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2003). |
|
23.2 |
Consent of KPMG LLP (incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2003). |
|
31.1 |
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed herewith) |
|
31.2 |
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed herewith) |
|
32.1 |
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) And Rule 15d-14(a) Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United State Code, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). |
|
32.2 |
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) And Rule 15d-14(a) Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United State Code, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). |
|
99.1 |
Consolidated Financial Report of Audiovox Specialized Applications LLC (ASA) as of November 30, 2003 and 2002 and for the Years Ended November 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 (filed herewith). |
|
99.2 |
Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP (filed herewith). |
(d) All other schedules are omitted because the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto or because they are not applicable.
123
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
AUDIOVOX CORPORATION | |||
October 7, 2004 | BY: | /s/ JOHN J. SHALAM John J. Shalam, President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
---|---|---|---|---|
/s/ JOHN J. SHALAM John J. Shalam |
President; Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director |
October 7, 2004 | ||
/s/ PHILIP CHRISTOPHER Philip Christopher |
Executive Vice President and Director |
October 7, 2004 |
||
/s/ CHARLES M. STOEHR Charles M. Stoehr |
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Director |
October 7, 2004 |
||
/s/ PATRICK M. LAVELLE Patrick M. Lavelle |
Director |
October 7, 2004 |
||
/s/ ANN BOUTCHER Ann Boutcher |
Director |
October 7, 2004 |
||
124
/s/ RICHARD A. MADDIA Richard A. Maddia |
Director |
October 7, 2004 |
||
/s/ PAUL C. KREUCH, JR. Paul C. Kreuch, Jr. |
Director |
October 7, 2004 |
||
/s/ DENNIS MCMANUS Dennis McManus |
Director |
October 7, 2004 |
||
/s/ IRVING HALEVY Irving Halevy |
Director |
October 7, 2004 |
||
/s/ PETER A. LESSER Peter A. Lesser |
Director |
October 7, 2004 |
125
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
I, John J. Shalam, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K/A of Audiovox Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:
5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and to the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
Date: October 7, 2004 | By: | /s/ JOHN J. SHALAM | |
John J. Shalam Chief Executive Officer |
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
I, Charles M. Stoehr, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K/A of Audiovox Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in the report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officers(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and to the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
Date: October 7, 2004 | By: | /s/ CHARLES M. STOEHR | |
Charles M. Stoehr Chief Financial Officer |
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a)
SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATE CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended November 30, 2003 (the "Report") of Audiovox Corporation (the "Company"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, John J. Shalam, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company certify, to the best of my knowledge, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ JOHN J. SHALAM John J. Shalam President and Chief Executive Officer October 7, 2004 |
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a)
SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATE CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended November 30, 2002, (the "Report") of Audiovox Corporation (the "Company"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Charles M. Stoehr, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company certify, to the best of my knowledge, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ CHARLES M. STOEHR Charles M. Stoehr Chief Financial Officer October 7, 2004 |
Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC
And Subsidiary
Consolidated
Financial Report
11.30.03
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | 1 | |
Consolidated Financial Statements |
||
Consolidated balance sheets |
2 |
|
Consolidated statements of income | 3 | |
Consolidated statements of members' equity | 4 | |
Consolidated statements of cash flows | 5 | |
Notes to financial statements | 6-13 |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To
the Members
Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC and Subsidiary
Elkhart, Indiana
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC and Subsidiary as of November 30, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, members' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provided a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC and Subsidiary as of November 30, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2003, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ McGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
Elkhart,
Indiana
December 22, 2003
1
Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Balance Sheets
November 30, 2003 and 2002
|
2003 |
2002 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | |||||||||
Current Assets | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 2,815,599 | $ | 2,954,573 | |||||
Available-for-sale securities | 2,013,779 | | |||||||
Trade receivables | 5,391,051 | 5,358,962 | |||||||
Note receivable | 1,000,000 | 1,000,000 | |||||||
Inventories | 11,199,956 | 11,090,071 | |||||||
Prepaid expenses | 97,952 | 129,870 | |||||||
Total current assets | 22,518,337 | 20,533,476 | |||||||
Leasehold Improvements and Equipment, at depreciated cost | 1,499,544 | 2,032,175 | |||||||
Intangible Assets, trademark rights | 3,003,883 | | |||||||
Goodwill | 300,000 | 300,000 | |||||||
$ | 27,321,764 | $ | 22,865,651 | ||||||
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY | |||||||||
Current Liabilities | |||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 1,855,325 | $ | 1,232,795 | |||||
Accrued expenses: | |||||||||
Payroll and related taxes | 587,976 | 516,396 | |||||||
Warranty | 2,016,000 | 1,605,114 | |||||||
Other | 180,869 | 93,334 | |||||||
Total current liabilities | 4,640,170 | 3,447,639 | |||||||
Commitments and Contingencies | |||||||||
Members' Equity | 22,681,594 | 19,418,012 | |||||||
$ | 27,321,764 | $ | 22,865,651 | ||||||
See Notes to Financial Statements.
2
Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements Of Income
Years Ended November 2003, 2002, and 2001
|
2003 |
2002 |
2001 |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales | $ | 47,818,026 | $ | 47,307,819 | $ | 64,639,779 | |||||||
Cost of goods sold | 36,632,732 | 38,648,272 | 51,434,778 | ||||||||||
Gross profit | 11,185,294 | 8,659,547 | 13,205,001 | ||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses | 5,431,752 | 5,303,729 | 6,320,205 | ||||||||||
Operating income | 5,753,542 | 3,355,818 | 6,884,796 | ||||||||||
Non-operating income (expense): | |||||||||||||
Interest income | 142,588 | 130,370 | 82,058 | ||||||||||
Interest expense | (752 | ) | (288 | ) | (58,431 | ) | |||||||
141,836 | 130,082 | 23,627 | |||||||||||
Net income | $ | 5,895,378 | $ | 3,485,900 | $ | 6,908,423 | |||||||
See Notes to Financial Statements.
3
Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements Of Members' Equity
Years Ended November 2003, 2002, and 2001
|
2003 |
2002 |
2001 |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance, beginning | $ | 19,418,012 | $ | 17,825,796 | $ | 20,086,187 | |||||
Net income | 5,895,378 | 3,485,900 | 6,908,423 | ||||||||
Member distributions | (2,631,796 | ) | (1,893,684 | ) | (9,168,814 | ) | |||||
Balance, ending | $ | 22,681,594 | $ | 19,418,012 | $ | 17,825,796 | |||||
See Notes to Financial Statements.
4
Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows
Years Ended November 2003, 2002, and 2001
|
2003 |
2002 |
2001 |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities | |||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 5,895,378 | $ | 3,485,900 | $ | 6,908,423 | |||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | |||||||||||||
Depreciation | 991,001 | 883,921 | 848,262 | ||||||||||
Loss on disposition of equipment | 13,366 | 245,702 | 36,424 | ||||||||||
Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition of Datron Corporation in 2002: | |||||||||||||
Decrease (increase) in: | |||||||||||||
Trade receivables | 107,818 | 36,258 | (1,403,421 | ) | |||||||||
Inventories | 553,025 | 1,499,521 | 6,517,967 | ||||||||||
Prepaid expenses | 31,918 | 20,487 | (76,841 | ) | |||||||||
Increase (decrease) in: | |||||||||||||
Accounts payable | 622,530 | 202,457 | 472,405 | ||||||||||
Accrued expenses | 363,301 | 451,127 | 105,667 | ||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 8,578,337 | 6,825,373 | 13,408,886 | ||||||||||
Cash Flows From Investing Activities |
|||||||||||||
Proceeds on sale of equipment | 62,520 | 42,112 | 71,574 | ||||||||||
Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment | (534,256 | ) | (447,237 | ) | (635,402 | ) | |||||||
Disbursements on note receivable | | (1,000,000 | ) | | |||||||||
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities | 7,446,218 | 965,000 | 5,802,969 | ||||||||||
Purchase of available-for-sale securities | (9,459,997 | ) | | (6,767,969 | ) | ||||||||
Purchase of Datron Corporation assets | | (3,000,000 | ) | | |||||||||
Purchase of assets from related party | (3,600,000 | ) | | | |||||||||
Net cash (used in) investing activities | (6,085,515 | ) | (3,440,125 | ) | (1,528,828 | ) | |||||||
Cash Flows From Financing Activities |
|||||||||||||
Net payments on revolving credit agreement | | | (1,584,521 | ) | |||||||||
Member distributions | (2,631,796 | ) | (1,893,684 | ) | (9,168,814 | ) | |||||||
Net cash (used in) financing activities | (2,631,796 | ) | (1,893,684 | ) | (10,753,335 | ) | |||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | (138,974 | ) | 1,491,564 | 1,126,723 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning |
2,954,573 |
1,463,009 |
336,286 |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, ending | $ | 2,815,599 | $ | 2,954,573 | $ | 1,463,009 | |||||||
See Notes to Financial Statements.
5
Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC And Subsidiary
Notes To Financial Statements
Note 1. Nature of Business, Use of Estimates, and Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of business:
Audiovox Specialized Applications ("ASA") "The Mobile Electronics Company" is an international supplier of mobile electronics for the Automotive Industry including: Recreational Vehicle, Van/SUV Conversion, Commercial Vehicle, Heavy Duty Truck, Agricultural, Construction, Bus, Limousine, and Marine industries. Its proprietary line of products include: Flexvision LCD Entertainment Systems, including DVD and video cassette players; Voyager Rear Observation and Bus Monitor/PA Systems and radios; Audiovox Televisions, and other Audio/Video Products; Nextgen Modular Chassis Systems; Aquatronics Marine Radios, Speakers, and Housings; Jensen Marine Radios and other Audio Products; Heavy Duty Systems, Radios and other Audio Products; CruiseTV satellite television systems. These products are sold to customers throughout the world, generally on 30-day terms. ASA is headquartered in Elkhart, Indiana and has other branch locations in Ft. Worth, Texas and Temecula, California.
Use of estimates:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Significant accounting policies:
Revenue recognition:
The Company recognizes revenue from product sales at the time of passage of title and risk of loss to the customer either at FOB Shipping Point or FOB Destination, based upon terms established with the customer. The Company's price is fixed and determined at the time of shipment and collectibility is reasonably assured and not contingent upon the customer's resale of the product. The customers are not given rights of return nor are sales incentives provided. The product sale is not subject to acceptance or installation by Company or customer personnel.
The Company recognizes royalty revenue at the time the related product is sold to a third party by Audiovox Corporation ("Audiovox"), a member of ASA, under the terms of the related royalty agreement. Total royalty revenue under this agreement for the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 was approximately $3,253,000, $3,140,000, and $1,484,000 respectively.
Member equity:
In accordance with the generally accepted method of presenting limited liability company financial statements, the accompanying financial statements do not include other corporate assets and liabilities of the members, including their obligation for income taxes on the net income of the limited liability company nor any provision for income tax expense.
It is the Company's intent to distribute funds to members to cover their income tax liabilities. No provision has been made for any distributions which may be made subsequent to the balance sheet date.
6
The LLC operating agreement does not provide for separate classes of ownership. Audiovox and ASA Electronics Corporation share equally in all LLC events and the related member accounts are considered equal on a fair value basis.
Principles of consolidation:
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and CruiseTV, LLC ("CruiseTV") a wholly-owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.
Cash and cash equivalents:
The Company maintains its cash accounts in a commercial bank and brokerage company in amounts which, at times, may be in excess of insurance limits provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers investments in various repurchase agreements with its bank, money market accounts and highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Available-for-sale securities:
Available-for-sale securities consist of investments in marketable debt and equity securities. Debt securities consist primarily of obligations of municipalities. Equity securities consist of mutual funds that are traded or listed on national exchanges.
The Company accounts for these investments in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the date individual investment securities are acquired and the appropriateness of such classification is reassessed at each balance sheet date. Since the Company neither buys investment securities in anticipation of short-term fluctuation in market prices nor commits to holding debt securities to their maturities, the investments in debt and equity securities have been classified as available-for-sale in accordance with Statement No. 115. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, and unrealized holding gains and losses, if any, are reported as a separate component of members' equity.
Trade receivables:
Trade receivables are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding amounts on a monthly basis. Trade receivables in the accompanying balance sheets at November 30, 2003 and 2002 are stated net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $411,000 and $59,000 respectively. Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Trade receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of trade receivables previously written off are recorded when received.
Inventories:
Inventories consist principally of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost (primarily on a weighted moving average basis) or market.
7
Depreciation:
Depreciation of leasehold improvements and equipment is computed principally by the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
|
Years |
|
---|---|---|
Leasehold improvements | 15-40 | |
Machinery and equipment | 5-10 | |
Tooling and molding | 3 | |
Transportation equipment | 5 | |
Office furniture and fixtures | 10 | |
Computer equipment | 3-7 | |
Booth displays | 7 |
Warranties:
The Company provides a limited warranty primarily for a period of up to three years for its products. The Company's standard warranties require the Company, the original equipment manufacturer or its dealers to repair or replace defective products during such warranty periods at no cost to the consumer. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time product revenue is recognized. Factors that affect the Company's warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. The Company utilizes historical trends and analytical tools to assist in determining the appropriate loss reserve levels.
Changes in the Company's warranty liability during the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 are as follows:
|
2003 |
2002 |
2001 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance, beginning | $ | 1,605,000 | $ | 1,098,000 | $ | 1,014,000 | ||||
Accruals for products sold | 1,888,292 | 2,508,245 | 2,092,599 | |||||||
Payments made | (1,477,292 | ) | (2,001,245 | ) | (2,008,599 | ) | ||||
Balance, ending | $ | 2,016,000 | $ | 1,605,000 | $ | 1,098,000 | ||||
Income taxes:
The members have elected to be taxed for federal and state income tax purposes as a limited liability company under the provisions of the respective income tax codes. Under these provisions, the members report net income of the Company on their corporate income tax returns.
Long-lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets:
In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142. SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all future business combinations and
8
specifies criteria intangible assets acquired in a business combination must meet to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that could more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.
As a result of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company did not record amortization expense relating to its goodwill or its trademark rights. For intangible assets with indefinite lives, including goodwill, the Company performed its annual impairment test, which indicated no reduction is required.
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company reviews its long-lived assets periodically to determine potential impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets with the estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets, including cash flows from disposition. Should the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less that the carrying value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss at that date. An impairment loss would be measured by comparing the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived assets. The Company performed its annual impairment test, which indicated no reduction is required.
Note 2. Available-For-Sale Securities And Subsequent Event
The following is a summary of the Company's investment securities as of November 30, 2003:
|
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unreal- ized Gains |
Gross Unreal- ized Losses |
Fair Value |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Equity securities | $ | 1,378,779 | $ | | $ | | $ | 1,378,779 | ||||
Corporate bonds | 635,000 | | | 635,000 | ||||||||
$ | 2,013,779 | $ | | $ | | $ | 2,013,779 | |||||
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturities as of November 30, 2003 are as follows:
|
Amortized Cost |
Fair Value |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Due within one year | $ | 5,000 | $ | 5,000 | ||
Due within one year through three years | | | ||||
Due after three years | 630,000 | 630,000 | ||||
$ | 635,000 | $ | 635,000 | |||
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of certain debt securities have the right to prepay their obligations without penalty.
9
A summary of proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities and investment earnings for the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 is as follows:
|
2003 |
2002 |
2001 |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities | $ | 7,446,218 | $ | 865,000 | $ | 5,802,969 | |||
Realized (losses) on sale of marketable securities | $ | (24,226 | ) | $ | | $ | | ||
Interest earned | 123,639 | 130,370 | 82,058 | ||||||
Dividends | 43,175 | | | ||||||
$ | 142,588 | $ | 130,370 | $ | 82,058 | ||||
On December 5, 2003, the Company liquidated their investment in available-for-sale securities and paid $4,000,000 in member distributions.
Note 3. Note Receivable
The Company has an outstanding note receivable in the amount of $1,000,000 due January 2004. The note bears interest at 10% payable monthly and is unsecured.
Note 4. Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
The cost of leasehold improvements and equipment and the related accumulated depreciation at November 30, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:
|
2003 |
2002 |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Leasehold improvements | $ | 854,694 | $ | 870,205 | ||
Machinery and equipment | 925,860 | 833,297 | ||||
Tooling and molding | 1,827,151 | 1,626,590 | ||||
Transportation equipment | 410,958 | 350,914 | ||||
Office furniture and fixtures | 209,560 | 193,757 | ||||
Computer equipment | 701,817 | 671,151 | ||||
Booth displays | 197,595 | 157,884 | ||||
Construction in progress | 5,500 | 82,410 | ||||
5,133,135 | 4,786,208 | |||||
Less accumulated depreciation | 3,633,621 | 2,754,033 | ||||
$ | 1,499,514 | $ | 2,032,175 | |||
Note 5. Pledged Assets and Notes Payable
The terms of a loan agreement with a bank permit the Company to borrow a maximum of $17,000,000, subject to a borrowing base determined by eligible accounts receivable and inventories. At both November 30, 2003 and 2002, no amounts were outstanding under this agreement. Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at prime (4.0% at November 30, 2003) minus 1.25% or LIBOR plus an applicable margin, at the Company's option, are collateralized by accounts receivable, inventories,
10
and equipment, and are due on demand. In connection with the agreement, the Company is subject to certain financial covenants.
Note 6. Major Customer
No customers or contracts comprised more than 10% of total net sales for the years ended November 30, 2003 and 2002. Net sales during the year ended November 30, 2001 included a contract with one customer that totaled approximately $18,000,000.
Note 7. Major Vendors
For the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001, the Company purchased approximately 60%, 50%, and 50% of its products for resale from three vendors, two of which were the same in all three years.
Note 8. Transactions with Related Parties and Lease Commitments
The Company is affiliated with various entities through common ownership by one of its members, Audiovox. Transactions with Audiovox for the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 are approximately as follows:
|
2003 |
2002 |
2001 |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net product sales | $ | 519,000 | $ | 1,898,000 | $ | 5,522,000 | |||
Royalty revenue | 3,253,000 | 3,140,000 | 1,484,000 | ||||||
Purchases | 2,886,000 | 1,916,000 | 1,124,000 |
The Company has a royalty agreement with Audiovox whereby the Company earns a 3% royalty on the member's purchases of certain mobile video product from a third party.
At November 30, 2003 and 2002, amounts included in trade receivables and accounts payable resulting from the above transactions are as follows:
|
2003 |
2002 |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Trade receivables | $ | 679,205 | $ | 666,827 | ||
Accounts payable | 238,180 | 378,390 |
On August 13, 2003, the Company acquired certain assets from Audiovox. The aggregate purchase price was $3,600,000, of which approximately $596,000 and $3,004,000 were allocated to working capital and trademark rights respectively. Audiovox has sublicensed it rights in relation to the trademark to the Company and cannot terminate these rights under the terms of the acquisition agreement. The Company has accounted for the trademark rights as in indefinite lived intangible asset which is subject to the provisions of SFAS 142 as described in Note 1.
The Company also leases warehouse, manufacturing, and office facilities from Irions Investments, LLC, an entity related through common ownership, for approximately $28,100 per month, plus the payment of property taxes, normal maintenance, and insurance on the property under an agreement which expires February 28, 2007, with three five-year options to extend, at the Company's discretion.
11
The Company leases another facility from an unrelated party under an agreement expiring October 2004. The agreement requires monthly rentals totaling approximately $4,000, plus the payment of property taxes, normal maintenance, and insurance on the properties. In addition the Company leased facilities from unrelated parties on a month-to-month basis with monthly rentals totaling approximately $1,500. The Company leases certain equipment from unrelated parties under agreements that require monthly payments totaling approximately $4,100 and expire through July 2006.
The total rental expense included in the income statements for the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 is approximately $476,000, $450,000, and $474,000 respectively, of which approximately $336,000, $328,000, and $319,000 respectively was paid to Irions Investments, LLC.
The total approximate minimum rental commitment at November 30, 2003 under the leases is due as follows:
|
Related Party |
Other |
Total |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
During the year ending November 30, | ||||||||||
2004 | $ | 337,000 | $ | 94,000 | $ | 431,000 | ||||
2005 | 337,000 | 48,000 | 385,000 | |||||||
2006 | 337,000 | 8,000 | 345,000 | |||||||
2007 | 84,000 | | 84,000 | |||||||
$ | 1,095,000 | $ | 150,000 | $ | 1,245,000 | |||||
Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has profit-sharing and 401(k) plans for the benefit of all eligible employees. The Company's contributions are discretionary with the Board of Directors and are limited to amounts deductible for federal income tax purposes. Discretionary contributions were approximately $97,000, $88,000, and $115,000 for the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 respectively.
The Company also maintains a discretionary employee bonus plan for the benefit of its key executive and operating officers. The Company has paid or accrued bonuses of approximately $709,000, $695,000 and $1,115,000 during the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 respectively.
The Company has a health plan for its employees, which is self-insured for medical and pharmaceutical claims up to $10,000 per participant and approximately $335,000 annually in aggregate. Dental and vision coverage is entirely self-insured. The excess loss portion of the employees' coverage has been reinsured with a commercial carrier. The total amount of net claims and insurance premiums for the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 was approximately $408,000, $402,000 and $513,700 respectively.
Note 10. Business Combination
On March 8, 2002, CruiseTV acquired substantially all of the assets of Datron Corporation. Datron Corporation was a manufacturer of mobile satellite television systems for distribution generally in the United States. As a result of the acquisition, CruiseTV expects to be the leading distributor of mobile satellite television systems. The aggregate purchase price was $3,000,000 including $1,500,000 in cash, $1,244,000 in the form of a six-month promissory note, and a deferred payment of $256,000. The
12
deferred payment is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain warranty claims in excess of a threshold agreed to in the purchase agreement. The total amount of the deferred payment was placed in an escrow account, included in cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet at November 30, 2002. The full amount of the deferred payment was released back to CruiseTV during the year ended November 30, 2003.
The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and the results of operations since the date of acquisition are included in the financial statements. The acquisition resulted in goodwill of $300,000, all of which is deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill is subject to the provision of SFAS 142 as described in Note 1.
Unaudited proforma consolidated results of operations for the years ended November 30, 2002 and 2001 as though the assets of Datron Corporation had been acquired as of December 1, 2000 are approximately as follows:
|
2002 |
2001 |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales | $ | 47,987,000 | $ | 68,930,000 | ||
Net income | $ | 3,504,000 | $ | 6,406,000 | ||
Note 11. Litigation
The Company has pending legal proceedings that generally involve product liability and employment issues. These proceedings are, in the opinion of management, ordinary routine matters incidental to the normal business conducted by the Company. In the opinion of management the ultimate disposition of such proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Note 12. Cash Flows Information
Supplemental information relative to the statements of cash flows for the years ended November 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 is as follows:
|
2003 |
2002 |
2001 |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information: | |||||||||||
Cash payments for interest | $ | 1,148 | $ | | $ | 62,410 | |||||
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities: |
|||||||||||
Acquisition of Datron Corporation, March 2002: | |||||||||||
Accounts receivable | $ | | $ | 506,000 | $ | | |||||
Inventory | | 1,832,000 | | ||||||||
Equipment | | 362,000 | | ||||||||
Goodwill | | 300,000 | | ||||||||
Net cash | $ | | $ | 3,000,000 | $ | | |||||
Note 13. Reclassification
Certain items in the financial statements for the years ended November 30, 2002 and 2001 have been reclassified, with no effect on net income, to conform with the classifications used for the year ended November 30, 2003.
13
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We have issued our report, dated December 22, 2003, on the consolidated financial statements of Audiovox Specialized Applications, LLC which are included in the Amendment to the Annual Report of Audiovox Corporation and subsidiaries on Form 10-K/A for the year ended November 30, 2003. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report in the Registration Statements of Audiovox Corporation on Forms S-8 (Registration Nos. 333-36762 and 333-82073).
/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
Elkhart,
Indiana
October 5, 2004